THOMAS LINCOLN

CASEY

LIBRARY

1925

aw

4,

‘i

NS Se

me

Rts

ih

Wut i

a

ily

Vive iy

NN

i

’

it

; arin

Awhuti

wa) Hh

i

Wowk

feteall ey

$4),

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

LONDON.

it

t

iy

l

ie

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

1895.

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY WEST, NEWMAN AND CO.,

54, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E.C.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,

CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN & CO,,

PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK,

1893,

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

FounpED, 1833.

IncorPoRATED BY RoyaL CHARTER, 1880.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1893-94.

President.

HENRY JOHN ELWES, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Vice- Presidents.

FREDERICK DU CANE GODMAN, F.R.S.

FREDERIC MERRIFIELD, F.E.S.

GEORGE HENRY VERRALL, F.E.S.

Crewsurer.

ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Secreturies.

HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S.

Tue Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.

Prbrvariay.

GEORGE C. CHAMPION, F.Z.S.

Council.

CHARLES G. BARRETT, F.E.S.

GEORGE C. CHAMPION, F.Z.S8.

HENRY JOHN ELWES, F.L.S8., F.Z.S8.

Tar Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., -F.L.S.

CHARLES J. GAHAN, M.A., F.E.S.

FREDERICK DU CANE GODMAN, F.R.S.

HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S., F.G.S.

ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.B.S., F.L.S.

FREDERIC MERRIFIELD, F.E.S.

‘OSBERT SALVIN, M.A., F.B.S., F.L.S.

Dr. DAVID SHARP, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Cotons, CHARLES SWINHOE, M.A., F.L.S.

GEORGE HENRY VERRALL, F.E.S.

Assistant Librarian.

Wien kvene Ady Ii,

Conyiri)

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1884—1893.

The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows

at the following reduced prices :—

PUBLIC. FELLOWS.

First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) ...... Price£4 13 0 eee Ai) (0)

Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) .... SOO 515 0

Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) A 1 0) 10 410 0

The Transactions for the year 1868........ i050

A cf SG Oa ata snteles i BR Pe

if 3 Ube Ubaeerna ob PS 120 2 5 0

m5 “9 LS ee ete tererstarare Lt jae

‘ fc LSP animincsaeyiic f) 200

o is TST D's atetelataists 116 0

a “ 1874 sete eeroe 112 0

-t 5 1875. sc\0 wes 1}. 2440 3 O'nG

- 3 ASTGis weie'treers 112 0

+ - EST Ts ejcheiere cle 1 iz. 10

~ 3 ESTE aierects 110.:0 015 0

s . ESTO oe siscraten Lope 016 6

33 a EBSD ihe jsierate D: 19536 014 3

oy a PSB Dae islet ale lore 116 0 L F259

cs ° bel Hon ate Sis . 110 0 1, 2.6

= . PSSare ce alee a ga 103

a + TRBEielsisinie ate dS 0 te oe

i. * US Ape aonng 2) 6520 0 19) 6

: Ss PSStraretctanlee here 019 6

s z TSS i ees. 14 VG 019 0

3 rr 1888. ..0. 115 0 1 6 ve

55 eC Seaton sin 1) 16 | 36 1) Opes

5 4 NOOO Sete crtvais 119 0 110 0

- 9 USOL tae bietaels 116 0 1 Tye

ss a 1 eee 1.9.0 u DNG Nt

TBS mates «ae P25 6 019 3

Any single volume from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.

First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. i.—iv., and

Second Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately.

The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :—

Pascoe’s Longicornia Malayana .......... 212 0 119 O

Baly’s Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. I, Aposta-

CHaUh “soncondeodp go oGde au ancockoS 016 0 012 0

Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial

LETC TCTUOD LENG kote, store) ototetie, sinensis 0 4 6 03 4

Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’

Patil se cvogela gover ithe cxatatay yer a abstoasy ee cus ister 0) 46550 0 4 6

Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifolie’ (Prize Essay) ORO OO

The Journat or PRocEEDINGS is bound up with the Transactions, but

may be obtained separately, by Fellows, gratis; by the Public, price

Sixpence per Sheet (16 pp.).

Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current year, are

entitled to receive the Transactions for the year without further payment,

and they will be forwarded free, by post, to any address,

erg, -)

CONTENTS.

Sees

PAGE

Explanation of the Plates se do se Bic a Se. yan

List of Fellows .. Sc ar ac a6 AC ys wade

Additions to the isecanyi = =. ee ve vs ae ep

MEMOIRS.

I. A revision of the genus Ypthima, with especial reference

to the characters afforded by the male genitalia. By

Heyry J. Enwes, F.L.S., F.Z.S., President of the Ento-

mological Society, and JAMES Epwarps, ID Sel de : 1

II. The effects of temperature in the pupal stage on the

colouring of Pieris napi, Vanessa atalanta, Chrysophanus

phleas, and Eph ae ean By Freperic MERRIFIELD,

F.E.S. 55

III. On the pavlauenenic seneonitiat of ihe Bor heee piedueed

by differences of temperature in Vanessa atalanta. An

Appendix to the preceding paper. By Dr. FReprricx

AUGUSTUS ae M.A., M.D., Fellow of Wadham Genes

@xiford.\ ..: 69

IV. Notes on Hydr optilide ‘belonging to ‘the Rarqneate fatins,

with descriptions of new eae By KENNETH J. eae

JA LIDUS Be Re ato

V. Descriptions of new genera wand species of Nesiepital hyn.

chota. By Witttam L. Distant, F.H.8. .. ae 83

VI. On some neglected points in the structure of the pupe of

Heterocerous Lepidoptera, and their probable value in

classification ; with some associated observations on larval

prolegs. By Dr. THomas AncERNOoN CHapman, M.D., F.H.S. 97

VII. Description of a new butterfly of the genus Calinaga from

Siam. By James Cosmo Menvint, M.A.,F.L.8. .. op lal

VIII. On some new or imperfectly-known species of South African

butterflies. By Ronanp Tren, F.R.S., F.L.S., &. ae 123

IX. Descriptions of some new genera and new species of Halti-

cide. By Martin Jacosy, F.H.S. .. sc : 145

X. Two new species of Pulvinaria from Jamaica. By Tidbpote

D. A. CockERELL, F.Z.S. ae : . 159

XI. Notes on the Longicornia of Australia Se ‘Taanininia, Bart a

with a list of the species collected by Mr. J. J. Walker,

B.N., F.L.8., and CS am of new forms. By CuHaruEs

J. Ganan, M.A., F.E.S. A eel Ga,

XII. On stridulation in ants. By Dr. ne foyuai) M. ie ¥, R.S. 199

XIII. Descriptions of new species of Chilian +a zo

WIbi1aM BartiettT Canvert, F.E.S. .. 215

XIV. On a new species of the genus Phalacr a Mahony.

By Joun W. Suipp, of the Oxford University Museum.

Communicated by Dr. D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S. E 223

XY. On species of Chrysopa observed in fhe Eastern Eonencee

together with descriptions of, and notes on, new or little-

known Palearctic forms of the Sonus By Roserrr

McLacutan, F.R.§., &e. os ; es a ae OH

(\ ait)

PAGE

XVI. Dicranota; a carnivorous Tipulid larva. By Prof. Lovis

Compton Miatu, F.R.S. Communicated by the Rev. Canon

Fow er, M.A., F.L.S8., &c. .. <a 235

XVII. On a Lepidopterous pupa (Micropteryx ip aarélich mit

functionally active mandibles. By Dr. Tuomas ALGERNON

Cuapman, M.D. Bie . AG «2 200

XVIII. A list of the Lepidoptera of the aah Hills. Part I. He

Colonel Cuartes SwinHoe, M.A., F.L.S., &e. Ea 267

XIX. Description of a new genus and species of Papilionida

from Mexico. By Ossrert Sanyvin M.A., F.R.S., &e. ace oul

XX. Formicides de ]’Antille St. Vincent. Reolibas par Mons.

H. H. Smith. Décrites par le Dr. Avacusrz Foren, Pro-

fesseur a l’Université de Ziirich. Communicated by Dr. D.

Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., on behalf of the Committee for

Investigating the Fauna and Flora of the West Indies. .. 333

XXI. The cost of Insect Collections. By Dr. SuHarp, M.A.,F.R.S. 419

XXII. The Scolyto-platypini, a new subfamily of Se ae By

Water F. H. Buanprorp, M.A., F.Z.8. . ar 425

XXIII. On the Homopterous genus Pacan with Abanctptibne of 1p

new species. By Winuiam L. Distant, F.E.S. .. . 443

XXIV. On the sexes of larve emerging from the successively fei

eggs of Smerinthus popult. “By Epwarp B. Poutron, M.A.,

F.R.S., Hope Professor of ei in the Rane of

Oxford. 56 451

XXV. A revision of inet genus ane By: Haws Janes ree

F.L.S., President of the pa eprae and JAMES

Epwarps, F.E.S. we a 457

Proceedings for 1893.. ae SC ar a0 Ab =H i

President’s Address .. Po se ste Ne as = xivi

Index .. ae se is is +3 sa Ae sven uulaae

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plates I., II. & III. | Plate IX. See pages 199—213

See pages1—54 |X. XI., XII. & XIII.

aa ALN » o0—67 See pages 235—253

fe Vic. » T—82 eee “A 425—442

a WL 5, 121—122 aah eas » 457—481

5 NAILS », 123—143

ERRATA.

Page 125, line 15, for ‘distal’ read‘ discal”; 1. 40, for olivaceous

read violaceous ; last line, for Argiodes read Argiades. P. 127, 1.14 and

20, for “Estcourt” read “ Karkloof.” P. 136, 118, for Otaielia read

Otacilla,

Hist of Fellotvs

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Date of

————_>—_———_

HONORARY FELLOWS.

Election.

1884

1884

1884

1889

1872

1871

1885

1893

1893

Date of

Mutter, Dr. Fritz, Blumenau, Santa Catarina, Brazil.

OsTEN-SACKEN, Baron C. R. von, Heidelberg.

PackaRD, Dr. Alpheus 8., Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A.

Riwey, Prof. Charles V., Washington, U.S.A.

SaussuRE, Henri F. de, Geneva.

Sre.ys-Lonecuamps, Baron M. E. de, Liége.

SNELLEN, Pieter Carl T., Rotterdam.

WatTTENWYL, Hofrath Dr. Carl Brunner Von, Vienna.

WALLENGREN, Pastor, Farhult, Hogands, Sweden.

FELLOWS.

Marked * are Original Members.

Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.

Election.

1877

1877

1885

1891

1856

1886

Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, 68 St. Hrmin’s Mansions,

Caxton-street, Westminster, 8.W.

Apams, Herbert J., Roseneath, London-road, Enfield, N.

AvkIN, Robert, Wellfield, Lingard-road, Lewisham, 8.E.

Avy, J. M., Brockenhurst, Lymington, Hants.

ArmiTaGE, Ed., R.A., 3 Hall-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W.

Atmore, E. A., 3 Haylett-terrace, Exton’s-road, King’s

Lymn, Norfolk.

* + BaxsineTon, Professor Charles Cardale, M.A.,F.R.S., F.L.S.,

1892

&c., Professor of Botany in the University of Cambridge,

5 Brookside, Cambridge.

Batty, William Edward, Lynwood House, Paul Church-

town, near Penzance, Cornwall.

b

x

1886

1890

1886

1887

1884

1865

1890

LIST OF FELLOWS.

Bankes, Eustace R., M.A., The Rectory, Corfe Castle,

Wareham, Dorset.

Barcuay, Francis H., F.G.S., Knott's Green, Leyton, Essex.

Bareacui, Nobile Cavaliere Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo

Tempi No.1, Florence, Italy.

Barker, H. W., 147 Gordon-road, Peckham, 8.E.

Barrett, Charles Golding, Inland Revenue Department,

Somerset Howse, W.C.; and 89 Linden-grove, Nunhead,

S.E

Barton, Stephen, 114 St. Michael’s Hill, Bristol.

Bazett, Mrs. Eleanor, Springfield, Reading, Berks.

1851 + Beaumont, Alfred, 153 Hither Green Lane, Lewisham, §.E.

1893

1891

1882

1885

1892

1886

1880

1879

1891

1889

1890

1885

1886

1876

1875

1876

1891

1892

1888

BrepparD, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Zoological Gardens,

Regent's Park, N.W.

BrrEcuine, Robert A. Dallas, 24 St. James-road, Tunbridge

Wells, Kent.

Bere, Prof. Dr. Carlos, Director del Museo Nacional, Buenos

Aires (Rep. Argent.), South America.

Betuune-Baker, George T., F.L.8., 19 Clarendon-road,

Hdgbaston, Birmingham.

Pee Walter Cuthbert, 32 The Grove, Bolton Gardens,

Bippie, F. W., M.A., Lanherne, Albemarle-road, Becken-

ham, Kent.

BIGNELL, George Carter, 7 Clarence-place, Stonehouse,

Plymouth.

Bruuves, T. R.,20 Swiss Villas, Coplestone-road, Peckham,

S.E.

Buiaser, W. H., F.L.S., 24 Cromwell-road, West Brighton.

BLANDFORD, Walter F.H.,M.A.,F.Z.8.,48 Wimpole-street, W.

Buatcu, W. G., Knowle, near Birmingham.

Buiatuwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, F.L.8., Hagle House, Bath-

easton, Bath.

BiLoomFieELD, The Rev. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guwestling

Rectory, Hastings.

Borre, Alfred Preudhomme de, Rue Seutan inh Schaerbeck,

Brussels.

BorrerR, Wm., junr., F.G.S., Pakyns Manor House,

Hurstpierpoint, Sussex.

Boscuer, Edward, Bellevwe House, Twickenham.

Boorn, George A., Fern Hill, Grange-over-Sands, Carn-

forth, Lancashire.

BovuskeEtu, Frank, 11 Lansdowne-road, Stoney Gate, He

cester.

Bower, B. A., Langley, Eltham Road, Lee, 8.E.

1852 + Boyp, Thos, Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill, 8.E.

1867

Boyp, William Christopher, The Grange, Waltham Cross,

1893

1877

1870

1890

1893

1879

1887

1886

1892

1890

1883

1889

LIST OF FELLOWS. xi

Brapant, Edouard, Chateaw de Morenchies, par Cambrai

(Nord), France.

Brieas, Charles Adolphus, 55 Lincoln’s Inn Fields, W.C.;

and Surrey House, Leatherhead, Surrey.

Briecs, Thos. Henry, M.A., Surrey House, Leatherhead,

Surrey.

BristowE, B. A., Durlstone, Champion Hill, 8.E.

Bromitow, Frank, Avalon, St. Mawrice, Nice, France.

Bronenrart, Le Chevalier Charles, Assistant d’Entomo-

logie au Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Paris, Memb.

Ent. Soc. France, and Memb. Geol. Soc. France, Foreign

Corr. Geol. Soc. Lond., &c., 9 Rue Linné, Paris.

Brown, Henry Rowland, M.A.,3 Pump-court, Temple, H.C.

Brown, John, 5 King’s Parade, Cambridge.

Browne, Captain Clement Alfred Righy, R.E., Shillong,

Assam, India.

Bryant, George, Somerset Lodge, Old Shirley, near South-

ampton.

Bucxron, George Powdler, F.R.S., F.L.S., Weycombe,

Haslemere, Surrey.

Burns, Henry, The Free Public Library, Fulham, S.W.

1868 + Butter, Arthur Gardiner, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8., British

1883

1886

1886

1885

1860

1880

1889

1890

1886

1890

1886

1892

Museum, South Kensington, S.W.; and The Lilies,

Penge-road, Beckenham, Kent.

Butter, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Se., 39 Ashby-road,

Crouch Hill, N.

Catvert, Wm. Bartlett, Casilla 691, Santiago, Chili, South

America.

Cameron, Peter, Olive Mount, Sale, Cheshire.

Campse.., Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &¢., Rose Hill,

Hoddesdon, Herts.

Canpize, Dr. E., Glain, Liége.

CANSDALF, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, 8.E.

Cant, A., care of Fredk. Du Cane Godman, Esq., BRS;

10 Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

Caprrr, Samuel James, F.L.S. (President of the Lancashire

and Cheshire Entomological Society), Huyton Park, near

Lwwerpool.

Capron, Edward, M.D., Shere, Guildford, Surrey.

CarpEN, Major-General George, Douglas Towers, South

Hill Park, Bromley, Kent.

CarmrcuHakt, Sir Thomas David Gibson, Bart., M.A., F.L.S.,

Castlecraig, Dolphinton, N.B.

Carrenter, The Honble. Mrs. Beatrice, Kiplin, Northaller-

ton, Yorkshire.

b 2

xii LIST OF FELLOWS.

1868 Carrineton, Charles, Fay Gate, Sussex.

1890 Carter, George Wm., M.A., F.LS., F.R.M.S., Twizell

House, Belford, Northumberland.

1889 + Cave, Charles, 13 Lowndes-square, S.W.

1871 Crampton, George C., F.Z.8., LIBRARIAN, Heatherside,

Horsell, Woking, Surrey ; and 10 Chandos-street, Caven-

dish-square, W.

1891 Cuapman, Thomas Algernon, M.D., Fir Bank, Hereford.

1890 CuatreRtoN, FrederickJ.S., 132 Queen Victoria-street, E.C. ;

and ‘Falcon Craig,” Gloucester Villas, Ashford, Mid-

dlesex.

1891 + Currry, Arthur J., M.A., 27 Hereford-square, 8.W.

1889 Curisty, W. M., Watergate, Emsworth, Hants.

1886 + CxarK, John Adolphus, The Broadway, London Fields, N.H.

1867 CxaArxKe, Alex. Henry, 109 Warwick-road, Earls Court, S.W.

1886 CxarKe, Charles Baron, M.A., F.R.S., EES ESG5

18 Kew Gardens-road, Kew, 8.W.

1891 Cuxarxre, Henry Shortridge, 2 Osborne-terrace, Douglas,

Isle of Man.

1891 CocxrrEeLL, Theodore D. A., F.Z.8., Las Cruces, New

Mewico, U.S.A.

1874 Cocxtr, Major George, M.A., B.Mus., Oxon., 9 Bolton-

gardens, S.W.

1873 Cox, William, 7 Knighton Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

1880 CopLanD, Patrick F., 2 Hope Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Hssex.

1892 Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.S., F.G.S., F.R.M.S., 31

Belsize Park Gardens, Hampstead, N.W.

1886 CoweELL, Peter (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public

Library), William Brown-street, Liverpool.

1867 Cox, Herbert Ed., c/oF.S. Eve, Esq., 125 Harley-street, W.

1888 Crecoz, J. P., P.O. Box 1420, Johannesburg, South Africa.

1890 Crewe, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire.

1880} Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A., Treasurer b. 8354. Giese.

Treasurer R. M.S., 5 Lansdowne-road, Notting Hill, W.

1888 Croker, A. J., 43 Penshurst-road, South Hackney, N.E.

1883 Crow ey, Philip, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Waddon House, Croydon.

1873 Date, C. W., Glanville’s Wootton, Sherborne, Dorset.

1887 Datrry, The Rev. Thomas W., M.A., F.L.8., Madeley

Vicarage, Newcastle, Staffordshire.

1886 Dannatt, Walter, F.Z.8., Ivy Dene, Westcombe Park,

Blackheath, 8.E.

1892 + Dennis, George Christopher, 11 Tower-street, York.

1885 pee Hastings Charles, C.E., F.L.8., 20 Thurloe-square,

1892

1886

1875

1887

1891

1885

1873

1886

1845

1889°

1874

1884

1867

LIST OF FELLOWS. Xill

DrvonsuirE, His Grace the Duke of, LL.D., Chancellor of

the University of Cambridge, Devonshire House, 78

Piccadilly, W.

Dickson, The Rev. Prof. William Purdie, D.D., LL.D., Pro-

fessor of Divinity in the University of Glasgow, Glasgow.

Distant, Wm. Lucas, Box 352, Pretoria, Transvaal,

South Africa.

Dixey, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., Fellow of Wadham

College, Wadham College, Oxford; and Thyra House,

North Finchley, N.

Ey sayin Horace St. John K., 73 West Cromwell-road,

Donovan, Surg.-Captain Charles, M.D., lst Burma Rifles,

Tiddim, North Chin Hills, Burma.

Doria, Marquis Giacomo, Strada Nuova, Genoa.

Dormer, The Right Honourable Lord, Cox’s Hotel, Jermyn-

street, S.W.

Dovetas, John Wm., Dartmouth Lodge, 158 Lewisham-

road, Lewisham, 8.H.

Ga cag John W., 59 Lupus-street, St. George’s-square,

Dowsett, Arthur, Castle Hill House, Reading.

Drucz, Hamilton H. C. J., F.Z.S., 43 Circus-road, St.

John’s Wood, N.W.

Druces, Herbert, F.L.S., F.Z.S., 48 Circus-road, St. John’s

Wood, N.W.

1849 | DunninG, Joseph Wm., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., 4 Talbot-

1865

1883

1890

1865

1886

1884

1886

1886

1878

1886

1891

1890

square, Paddington, W.

D’Ursan, W. S. M., F.L.S., Moorlands, Hxmouth, Devon.

Durrant, John Hartley-, The Cottage, Merton Hall,

Thetford, Norfolk.

Eastwoop, John Edmund, Enton Lodge, Witley, Surrey.

Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., care of R. 8. Eaton,

Esq., 4 Belfield-terrace, Weymouth, Dorset.

Epwarps, James, Colesborne, Cheltenham, Gloucestershire.

Epwarps, Stanley, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Kidbrook-lodge, Black-

heath, 8.E.

ExisHa, George, 122 Shepherdess-walk, City-road, N.

Euis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18 Rodney-st., Liverpool.

Etwes, Henry John, J.P., F.L.S., F.Z.5., PRESIDENT,

Colesborne Park, Cheltenham, Gloucestershire.

Enock, Frederick, F.L.S., 11 Parolles-road, Upper Hollo-

way, N

FarrMAlrE, Léon, 21 Rue dw Dragon, Paris.

Farn, Albert Brydges, Mount Nod, Greenhithe, Kent;

and Medical Department, Local Government Board,

Whitehall, S.W.

XiV LIST OF FELLOWS.

1892 Farren, William, Fern House, Union-road, Cambridge.

1861 ae Charles, Hversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee,

S.E.

1886 Fenwick, Nicholas Percival, Holmwood, South Bank,

Surbiton Hill, Surrey.

1881 Ferrepay, R. W., Christchurch, Canterbury, New Zealand.

1889 FrERNALD, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.

1878 Finzi, John A., Hanover Lodge, 77 St. Helen’s Gardens,

N. Kensington, W.

1874 Fircn, Edward A., F.L.S8., Brick House, Maldon, Essex.

1886 Fircu, Frederick, Hadleigh House, Highbury New Park,N.

1865 Fuietcuer, J. E., 2 Bedwardine-road, St. Johns, Worcester.

1883 + FLercHER, William Holland B., M.A., Fairlawn, Worthing,

Sussex.

1892 Fievriavx, Edmond, 1 Rue Malus, Paris.

1885 Foxxer, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands.

1880 Fow ter, The Rev. Canon, M.A., F.L.8., Secretary, The

School House, Lincoln.

1883 Freeman, Francis Ford, Abbotsfield, Tavistock, South

Devon.

1888 Fremiin, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Mereworth,

Maidstone, Kent.

1891 Fronawg, F. W., 389 Dornton-road, Balham, 8.E.

1855 Fry, Alexander, F.L.S., Thornhill House, Dulwich Wood

Park, Norwood, 8.E.

1889 Fryrr, Charles John, 410 Wandsworth-road, S.W.

1884 Fuuuer, The Rey. Alfred, M.A., Hast Pallant, Chichester.

1887 Ganan, Charles J.,M.A., British Musewm (Natural History),

South Kensington, 8.W.; and 8 Rylett Crescent,

Shepherd's Bush, W.

1887 Gatton, Francis, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., 42 Rutland Gate,

S.W.

1892 Garpz, Philip de la, R.N., H.M.S. ‘ Raleigh,’ Cape of Good

Hope.

1890 GarpyeER, John, 6 Friars-Gate, Hartlepool.

1893 Gurpps, Arthur Ernest, F.L.8., Avenue House, St. Albans, |

Hertfordshire.

1865 + Gopman, Frederick Du Cane, F.R.S., F.L.S, F.Z.S.,

South Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham, Sussex ;

7 Carlos-place, Grosvenor-square; and 10 Chandos-

street, Cavendish-square, W.

1890 GoLpTHwaIT, Oliver, 3 Duke of Edinburgh-road, Car-

shalton, Surrey.

1886 | GoopricH, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Aubrey, Lyming-

ton, Hants.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XV

1855 Gornam, Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.8., The Chestnuts,

Shirley Warren, Southampton.

1874 Goss, Herbert, F.L.S., F.G.S., SecreTary, The Avenue,

Surbiton Hill, Surrey ; and11 Chandos-street, Cavendish-

square, W.

1886 Gruen, A. P., Colombo, Ceylon.

1891 Green, E. Ernest, Hton Estate, Punduloya, Ceylon.

1865 Greene, The Rev. Joseph, M.A., Sostrevor, Clifton,

Bristol.

1893 | Gresnwoop, Henry Powys, F.L.S., Hornham Cliff, near

Salisbury.

1888 Gurirritus, G. C., 43 Caledonian-place, Clifton, Bristol.

1893 Hatrorp, Frederick Michael, 6 Pembridge-place, W.

1890 + Hatz, A. E., Norbury, Pitsmoor, Sheffield.

1885 Hatt, Thomas William, ‘“ Stanhope,” The Crescent,

Croydon.

1891 Hampson, G. F., B.A., Thurnham Court, Maidstone,

Kent.

1891 Hansury, Frederick J., F.L.8., 69 Clapton Common,

Clapton, N.E.

1891 Hanson, R. E. Vernon, B.A., c/o Glen Coats, Esq., Fer-

guslie Park, Paisley, N.B.

1877 Harpine, George, The Grove, Fishponds, Bristol.

1889 Harrison, John, 7 Gawber-road, Barnsley, Yorkshire.

1892 Heavy, Charles Burnard, Stoneygate-road, Leicester.

1892 Hearn, Edward Alfred, M.D., F.L.S., 114 Hbury-street,

Pimlico, 8.W.

1889 tera ae Umfreville, Box 1282, Post Office, Sydney,

1881 Henry, George, 88 Wellington-square, Hastings.

1893 Hiszert, Charles R. C., Sefton Park, Slough, Bucks.

1888 Hices, Martin Stanger, Clarence House, Russell-street,

Gloucester.

1891 Hu21, Henry A., 132, Haverstock Hill, Hampstead, N.W.

1876 + Hitiman, Thomas Stanton, Eastgate-street, Lewes.

1890 Hopextnson, J. B., 14 West Cliff, Preston, Lancashire.

1888 Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., 79 Raincliffe-road, Walton,

Liverpool.

1887 Houuanp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue,

Pittsburg, Penn., U.S.A.

1876 + Horniman, Fredk. John, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.5., &e.,

Surrey Mount, Forest Hill, 8.E.

1892 Hoyix, Samuel, Audley House, Sale, Cheshire.

XV1 LIST OF FELLOWS.

1865 + Hupp, A. E., “Clinton,” Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol.

1888 Hunpson, George Vernon, The Post Office, Wellington, New

Zealand.

1880 + IncuBaLp, Peter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Grosvenor Terrace, Horn-

sea, Holderness.

1893 Insy, Lieutenant-Colonel Leonard Howard L., F.L.8., 41

Cornwall-terrace, Regent’s Park, N.W.

1891 IsaBeLL, The Rev. John, 65 Waddon Old-road, Croydon.

1886 Jacozy, Martin, 7 Hemstall-road, West Hampstead, N.W.

1892 Jarrrey, Francis, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 8 Queen’s Ride,

Barnes, §.W.

1869 Janson, Oliver E., Perth-road, Stroud Green, N.; and

44 Great Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.

1886 JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, 4 Hast-street, Lewes.

1886 Joun, Evan, Llantrissant, Pontypridd, Glamorganshire.

1889 Jounson, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Winder-terrace, Armagh,

Ireland.

1888 Jonzs, Albert H., Shrublands, Eltham, Kent.

1884 Kane, W. F. de Vismes, M.A., M.R.I.A., Sloperton

Lodge, Kingstown, Ireland.

1884 Kappet, A. W.,F.L.S.,5 Burlington Gardens, Chiswick, W.

1876 }+ Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.

1884 Keays, F. Lovell, F.L.S., 26 Charles-street, St. James, S.W.

1890 Keznricx, G. H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston,

Birmingham.

1890 Kimser, Miss M., Cope Hall, Enborne, Newbury, Berks.

1890 Kine, J. J. F. X., 207 Sauchiehall-street, Glasgow.

1861 Kuirsy, William F., F.L.8., 5 Buriington Gardens, Chis-

wick, W.

1898 KrirKaLtpy, George Willis, St. Abbs, Worple-road, Wim-

bledon, 8.W.

1889 KuapAuex, Professor Franz, Kr. Vinohrady, 355 Prague,

Bohemia.

1887 | Kuzin, Sydney T., F.LS., F.R.A.S. (Hon. Treasurer,

Middlesex Natural History and Science Society), The Red

House, Stanmore, Middlesex.

1876 Kraatz, Dr. G., 28 Link-strasse, Berlin.

1868 Lane, Colonel A. M., R.E., 27 Cambridge-terrace, Hyde

Park, W.

1887 + Lexcu, John Henry, B.A., F.L.8., F.Z.8., F.R.G.8., &e.,

29 Hyde Park Gate, S.W.

1883 Luann, Fredk. Charles, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XVil

1892 Lestin, J. H., 44 Cheriton-square, Upper Tooting, S.W.

1876 Lewis, George, F.L.8., The Firs, Lower Park-road,

Wimbledon.

1892 Licurroot, R. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope.

1886 Livert, H. W., M.D., Wells, Somerset.

1865 + Lurwetyy, Sir J. Talbot Dillwyn, Bart., M.A., F.L.8:,

Penllergare, Swansea.

1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., The Dome, Bognor, Sussex.

1885 + Luoyp, Robert Wylie, St. Cuthberts, Thurleigh-road,

Nightingale-lane, Clapham Common, 8.W.

1850 Lowsz, W.H., M.D., Woodcote Lodge, Inner Park-road,

Wimbledon Park, 8.W.

1893 Lowzr, Oswald B., Bleak House, Park Side, Adelaide,

South Australia.

1850 + Lussock, The Right Honble. Sir John, Bart., M.P., D.C.L.,

F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c., High Elms, Farnborough,

Kent.

1880 Lupron, Henry, Lyndhurst, North Grange-rd., Headingley,

Leeds.

1887 M‘Doveatt, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road,

Blackheath, 8.E.

1851 + M‘Intosu, J.

1888 Macxinnon, P. W., Lynndale, Mussoorie, N. W.P., India.

1892 Macxonocuin, The Rey. J. A., B.A. (Chaplain to the Earl

of Home), Douglas Castle, Lanarkshire ; and The Hirsel,

Coldstream.

1858 McLacuuan, Robert, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., TREASURER,

Westview, 23 Clarendon-road, Lewisham, 8.E.

1887 Manpers, Surgeon-Captain Neville, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S.,

Agincourt House, Yorktown, Surrey.

1891 Maneer, William T., 100 Manor-road, Brockley, 8.H.

1892 oe William, 3444 Park Avenue, St. Louis, Mo.,

1865 Marsuatt, The Rev. Thos. Ansell, M.A., Botusfleming

Rectory, Hatt, Cornwall.

1856 + MarsHAtL, William, Auchinraith, Bexley, Kent.

1874+ Mason, Philip Brooke, M.R.C.S., F.L.8., Trent. House,

Burton-on-Trent.

1865 Maruew, Gervase F., R.N., F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.R.G.S.,

Lee House, Dovercourt, Essex.

1887 Marruews, Coryndon, Hrme Wood, Ivybridge, South Devon.

1860 May, John William, K.N.L., Blenheim House, Parson’s

Green-lane, Fulham, 8.W.

1872 + Meupoxa, Professor Raphael, F.R.S., F.R.A.S., F.C.S.,

6 Brunswick-square, W.C.

1885 Metvi11, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., &e., Kersal Cottage,

Prestwich, Lancashire.

XVili

1887

1888

1880

1883

1879

1853

1886

LIST OF FELLOWS.

MERRIFIELD, Frederic, 24 Vernon-terrace, Brighton.

MeyeR-Darcis, G., c/o Sogin & Meyer, Wohlen, Switzerland.

Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.Z.8., Ramsbury, Hungerford,

Berkshire.

Miss, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta.

Montero, Senhor Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, c/o Messrs.

Sampson, Low, Marston & Co., St. Dunstan’s House,

Fetter-lane, E.C.

Moorz, Frederic, D.Sc., A.L.S., F.Z.8., Claremont House,

Avenue-road, Croydon-road, Penge, 8.E.

Morean, A. C. F., F.L.8., Villa Nova de Gaya, Oporto,

Portugal.

1889 | Moricr, The Rey. F.D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College,

1893

1889

Oxford, 27 Hillmorton-road, Rugby.

Morton, Kenneth J., Glenview Cottage, Carluke, N.B.

Mostey, 8. L., Beawmont Park, Huddersfield.

1869 + Miuusrr, Albert, F.R.G.S.

1872 + Murray, Lieut.-Colonel H., 43 Cromwell Houses, Cromwell-

1886

1886

1889

1887

1878

1890

1882

1886

1893

1886

1878

1869

1877

road, S.W

Mutcu, J. P., 359 Hornsey-road, N.

NEAvE, B. W., 95 Queen’s-road. Brownswood Park, N.

NEVINSON, Basil George, M.A., F.Z.8., 3 Tedworth-square,

Chelsea, S.W.

Newman, The Rey. W. J. H., M.A., The Vicarage, Steeple

Barton, Oxon.

Newman, Thomas P., 54 Hatton Garden, E.C.; and

Hazelhurst, Haslemere, Surrey.

NeEwsteEaD, R., The Musewm, Chester.

NicrvinuE, Lionel de, F.L.8., C.M.Z.8., Indian Museum ;

and 13 Kyd-street, Calcutta.

NicHouson, William E., School Hill, Lewes, Sussex.

NonFrieD, A. F., Rakonitz, Bohemia.

Norris, Herbert E., 15 Market Place, Cirencester.

NorripcE, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.

OBERTHUR, Charles, Rennes, France.

OBERTHUR, Rene, Rennes, France.

1893 + OaLE, Bertram 8., Steeple Acton, Oxfordshire.

1883

1893

1873

1886

OLDFIELD, George W., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., 21 Longridge-

road, Earl's Court, S.W.

Beth, John Baxter, 12 Avenwe-road, St. John’s Wood,

N.W.

OLIVIER, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (Allier), France.

Ouuirr, Arthur Sidney, Government Entomologist, Depart-

ment of Agriculture, Macquarie-street, Sydney, N. S.

ales.

1878

1880

1893

1888

1883

1879

1887

1891

1885

LIST OF FELLOWS. XIX

Ormerop, Miss Eleanor A., F.R. Met.S., Torrington

House, Holywell Hill, St. Albans, Herts.

Ormerop, Miss Georgiana, Torrington House, Holywell

Hill, St. Albans, Herts.

PavuucKke, Wilhelm, 33 Langstrasse, Baden-Baden, Ger-

many.

PENNINGTON, F., jun., 7 Park-place, St. James’, S.W.

Périncuey, Louis, South African Musewm, Cape Town,

South Africa.

reine Vincent Robt., Wotton-wnder-Hdge, Gloucester-

shire.

Puituips, Charles Edmund Stanley, Castle House, Shooter’s

Hill, Kent.

Pierce, Frank Nelson, 7 The Elms, Dingle, Liverpool.

Pou, J. R. H. Neerwort van de, Heerengracht 476,

Amsterdam.

1870 + Porritt, Geo. T., F.L.S., Greenfield House, Huddersfield.

1884 | Poutron, Professor Edward B., M.A., F.B.S., F.L.S., F.G.8.,

1851

1878

1893

1886

F.Z.8., Vicr-PREsIDENT, Hope Professor of Zoology in

the University of Oxford, Wykeham House, Banbury-

road, Oxford. ;

Preston, The Rev. Thomas Arthur, M.A., F.L.5., Thur-

caston Rectory, Leicester.

Pricr, David, 48 West-street, Horsham, Sussex.

Prout, Louis Beethoven, 12 Greenwood-road, Dalston, N.E.

Raconot, E. L. (Ex-President Ento. Soc. France), 12 Qua

de la Rapée, Paris.

1882 + Ramspen, Hildebrand, M.A., F.L.S., 26 Upper Bedford-

1874

1893

1891

1890

1891

1853

1889

1892

place, Russell-square, W.C.

Reep, Edwyn C., C.M.Z.8., Banos de Cauquenes, Chili.

Reip, Captain Savile G., late R.L., Foyle House, Alton,

Hants.

Rei, William, Pitcaple, Aberdeenshire.

RenpLesHam, The Right Honble. Lord, Rendlesham Hall,

Woodbridge, Suffolk.

RicHarpson, Nelson M., B.A., Montevideo, near Weymouth,

Dorset.

Ripon, The Most Honourable the Marquis of, K.G., D.C.L.,

F.RB.S., F.L.S., &e., 9 Chelsea Embankment, 8.W.

Rosinson, Arthur, B.A., 1 Mitre Court Buildings, Temple,

E.C.

Rosinson, Sydney C., Goldsmith’s Hall, H.C.

1869 + Rosinson-Dovenas, William Douglas, M.A., F.L.S.,

1890

F.R.G.S., Orchardton, Castle Douglas, N.B.

Rosson, John Emmerson, Hartlepool.

kX LIST OF FELLOWS.

1886 Ross, Arthur J., 6 Gracechurch-street, E.C.

1868 Rotuney, George Alexander James, 15 Versailles-road,

Norwood, S8.E.

1888 Rotruscuitp, The Honble. Walter de, F.Z.S., 148 Piccadilly,

W.; and Tring Park, Tring, Herts.

1890 Rovrteper, G. B., 50 Russell-square, W.C.

1892 RussEt1, S. G. C., 19 Lombard-street, E.C.

1865 Ryuanps, Thos. Glazebrook, F.L.S., F.G.8., Highfields,

Thelwall, Warrington.

1885 Sapeu, Ernest, F.Z.8., F.R.G.S., Lynton House, South

Side, Clapham Common, 8.W.

1891 Sr. Joun, The Rev. John Seymour, B.A., 42 Castlewood-

road, Stamford Hull, N.

1875 Saxe, Auguste, 13 Rue Guy de la Brosse, Paris.

1866 } Satvin, Osbert, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.58., V.P.Z.S., 10 Chandos-

street, Cavendish-sq., W.; and Hawksfold, Fernhurst,

Haslemere.

1886 Satwey, Reginald E., 3 Berkeley-place, The Ridgway,

Wimbledon, 8.W.

1865 +} SaunpERS, Edward, F.L.8., St. Ann’s, Mount Hermon,

Woking, Surrey.

1861 + SaunpERs, G.S., 20 Dents-rd., Wandsworth Common, 8.W.

1886 SaunpErs, Prof. Wim., Central Hxperimental Farm, Ottawa,

aia (President of the Entomological Society of On-

ario). ;

1881 Scouuick, A. J., Allandene, Dorset-road, Merton Park,

Wimbledon, 8.W.

1886 ScuppER, Samuel H., Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A.

1875 + Seay, Alfred Forbes, Cochin, South India.

1864 Semper, George, care of Bernhard Beer, Esq., 10 Newgate-

street, H.C.

1862 SHarp, David, M.A., M.B., C.M., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8.,

Hawthorndene, Hills-road, Cambridge; and University

Museum of Zoology and Comparatiwe Anatomy, Cam-

bridge.

1883 Seats A. Eland, M.R.C.8., Aspley-road, Wandsworth,

1883 | SHELLEY, Capt. George Ernest, F.G.S., F.Z.S., 18 Rutland

Gate, W.

1887 S1cu, Alfred, Burlington Lane, Chiswick, W.

1887 Sipewick, A., M.A. (Fellow of Corpus Christi College,

Oxford), 64 Woodstock-road, Oxford.

1877 Suarer, John Wm., 86 Wray-crescent, Tollington Park, N.

1869 SmirH, Henley Grose, F.Z.8., 5 Bryanston-square, Hyde

Park, W.

1885 Sourn, Richard, 12 Abbey-gardens, St. John’s Wood, N.W.

LIST OF FELLOWS. xxl

* +Sprnce, William Blundell, Florence, Italy.

1889

1890

1892

1862

1837

1891

1889

1886

1882

1884

1898

1876

1893

1886

1889

1892

1893

STanDEN, Richard S., F.L.S., 67 Earl’s Court-square, South

Kensington, W.

Stearns, A. E., New Mills Cottage, Henley-on-Thames.

pet on Douglas Stuart, North Leigh, Prestwich, Lanca-

shire.

Stevens, John S., 7 Ravenna-road, Putney, 8.W.

Stevens, Samuel, F.L.S., Loanda, Beulah Hill, Upper

Norwood, 8.EK.

Stit, Major John Nathaniel, 12 Seafield-terrace, Seaton,

Devon; and Junior United Service Club, Charles-street,

St. James’, 8.W.

Srraton, C. R., F.R.C.S., West Lodge, Wilton, Wilts.

SurracE, J. Lyddon, B.A., 82 Mornington-road, Regent's

Park, N.W.

Swanzy, Francis, Stanley House, Granville-road, Sevenoaks.

SwinHoE, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.8., F.Z.8., Vicr-

PRESIDENT, Avenue House, Cowley-road, Oxford.

Swinnor, Ernest, Avenue House, Cowley-road, Oxford.

Swinton, A. H., Flora Villa, Montreux, Switzerland.

Taytor, Charles B., Rae-street, Rae Town, Kingston

Jamaica.

THEOBALD, F. V., B.A., Chestnut Grove, Kingston-on-

Thames.

THORNEWILL, The Rev. C. F., M.A., The Vicarage, Bake-

well, Derbyshire.

THoRNLEY, The Rev. A., M.A., South Leverton Vicarage,

Lincoln.

TowNnsEND, Professor C. H. Tyler, The Institute of Jamaica,

Kingston, Jamaica.

1859 + Trimen, Roland, F.R.S., F.L.S. (Curator of South African

1891

1893

1886

1893

1866

1889

Museum), Cape Town, Cape Colony.

TUFFNELL, Carleton, Greenlands, Border-crescent, Syden-

ham, S.E.

TuRNER, Henry Jerome, 13 Drakefell-road, St. Catherine’s

Park, Hatcham, §.E.

ees J. W., Rayleigh Villa, Westcombe Park, Blackheath,

Urnicu, F. W., Trinidad, British West Indies.

VERRALL, George Henry, Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.

Vivian, H. W., Glenafon, Taibach, South Wales; and

Trinity College, Cambridge.

Xxil LIST OF FELLOWS.

1876 WAkeEFIELD, Charles Marcus, F.L.S., Belmont, Uxbridge.

1886 Watxer, Alfred O., F.L.S., Nant Glyn, Colwyn Bay,

Denbighshire.

1870 Waker, The Rev. Francis Augustus, D.D., F.L.S., Dun

Mallard, Cricklewood, N.W.

1878 Watxer, James J., R.N., F.L.S., 23 Ranelagh-road, Marine

Town, Sheerness.

1863 + Watuace, Alfred Russel, D.C.L., Oxon., F.R.S., FLL8s,

F.Z.8., Corfe View, Parkstone, Dorset.

1889 Watery, The Rev. John, Manor House, Moddeshall, near

Stone, Staffordshire.

1866 + WatstncHam, The Right Hon. Lord, M.A., LL.D., FR.S.,

F.L.S., F.Z.S., Vick-Presipent, High Steward of the Uni-

versity of Cambridge, Merton Hall, Thetford, Norfolk.

1886 WarrEN, Wm., M.A., c/o The Honble. Walter Rothschild,

Tring Park, Tring, Bucks.

1869 WaterHouse, Charles O., Ingleside, Avenue Gardens,

Acton, W.: and British Musewm, Cromwell-road, 8.W.

1891 + Watson, Capt. E. Y., F.Z.S., Indian Staff Corps, care of

Messrs. King & Co., 45 Pall Mall, 8.W.

1893 Wess, John Cooper, 82 Henslowe-road, Dulwich, 8.E.

1845 Wetr, John Jenner, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Chirbury, Beckenham,

Kent.

1876 + WesTERN, E. Young, 36 Lancaster Gate, Hyde Park, W.

1882 Werymer, Gustav, Sadowa-strasse 21a, Hlberfeld, Rhenish

Prussia.

1886 WHEELER, Francis D., M.A., LL.D., Paragon House School,

Norwich.

1868} Waite, F. Buchanan, M.D., F.L.8., Annat Lodge,

Perth, N.B.

1865 Wuuts, The Rev. W. Farren, M.A., Stonehouse Vicarage,

Gloucestershire.

1884 Waite, William, The Ruskin Museum, Meersbrook Park,

Sheffield.

1882 Wuiuurams, W. J., Zoologica Society. Hanover-square, W.

1881 Woop, The Rey. Theodore, 23 Broderick-road, Upper

Tooting, S.W.

1891 Wroveurton, R. C., Conservator of Forests, 8. C. Belgaum,

Bombay Presidency, India.

1888 YERBURY, Colonel J. W., R.A., Army and Navy Club,

Pall Mall, S.W.

1892 Yonpate, William Henry, F.R.M.S., 52 Main-street, Cocker-

mouth, Cumberland.

1886 Youne, Morris, free Musewm, Paisley, N.B.

( xxiit)

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

DurinG THE YEAR 1899.

———_—————_—_>———

Barrett (C. G.). The Lepidoptera of the British Islands. Vol. I.

Rhopalocera. (40 plates), 8vo. London, 1893.

The Publishers.

Bartiert-Catvert (W.). Nuevos Lepidopteros deChile. 8vo. Santiago,

The Author.

Bepen (L.). Faunes des Coléoptéres du bassin dela Seine. Tome vi.

Paris, 1888. Soc. Entom. de France.

Buanprorp (W. F.H.). Insect Injury to Barrel Staves. ([Bull. No. 45,

Roy. Gardens, Kew. }

Sugar-cane Borers in the West Indies. (Bulls. Nos. 67, 68,

Roy. Gardens, Kew. ]

Insects injurious to Conifers. [Journal Roy. Hort. Soc.,

vol. xiv.] The Author.

Brominow (F.). Butterflies of the Riviera. Qnded. Nice, 1893.

The Author.

Bruner (L.). The more destructive Locusts of America north of

Mexico. Washington, 1893. [U.S. Dept. Agric., Division

of Ent., Bulletin No. 28. ]

Bucxier (W.). Larve of British Butterflies and Moths. Vol. V.

Noctue, Part II. 8vo. London (Ray Society), 1893,

J. W. Dunning.

Cameron (P.). Monograph on the British Phytophagous Hymenoptera.

Vol. IV. (Cynipide and Appendix). 8vo. London (Ray

Society), 1893. J. W. Dunning.

On the Galls of Mid-Cheshire. Part II. ([Trans. Manchester

Micro. Soc., 1892.] The Author.

Canpuze (E.). Elatérides recueillis par M. Modigliani dans l’ile d’Engano

en 1891. [Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1892. }

Elatérides recueillis par M. Loria en 1889—91 dans la Nouvelle

Guinée méridionale et regions voisine. [Ann. Mus. Ciy.

Genova, 1892. ]

Elatérides nouveaux. Bruxelles, 1893. The Author.

Casgy (T. L.). Coleopterological Notices. Nov. IV., 1892.

The Author.

Cooxs (M.C.). Vegetable Wasps and Plant Worms. London, 1892.

R. McLachlan.

Dovzen (Hucvxs). Notice Entomologique sur les environs de Digne et

quelques points des Basses-Alpes. 8vo. Lyon, 1851.

F. Bromilow.

() xxiv.)

Epwarps (Jas.). Fauna and Flora of Norfolk— Coleoptera. [Trans.

Norf. and Norwich Nat. Soc. 1893.]

The Author.

FLEUTIAUX Sam ). Note sur les Physodactylini. [Ann. Soc. Ent. France,

1892

-]

Note sur des Cicindelidw. [Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1893.]

The Author.

Catalogue Systématique des Cicindelide décrits depuis Linne.

Liége, 1892. The Author.

Hameson (G. F.). The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and

Burma. Moths, Vol. I. London, 1892.

The Author.

Jacosy (M.), Description of the new Genera and Species of. the Phyto

phagous Coleoptera obtained by L. Fea in Burma. Genova,

1892, [Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xii.]

The Author.

McLacutan (R.). Obituary Notice of the late H. T. Stainton. [Proc.

Roy. Soc., vol. lii.] The Author.

Monranpon (A. L.). Notes on American Hemiptera-Heteroptera, [Proc

U.S. Mus., vol. xvi., 1893.] The Smithsonian Institution.

Niockvitue (L. de). Note on the Indian and Malay Peninsula Butterflies

comprised in the subgenus Stictoplea of the genus Huplea.

Note on three North Indian Butterflies — Huthalia nara, E.

sahadeva, and E. anyte. (Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1892. ]

Notes on a Protean Indian Butterfly, Huplea (Stictoplea)

harrisii, Felder. (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892. ]

Note on the Indian Butterflies comprised in the subgenus

Pademma of the genus Huplea. [Journal Asiatic Soe.

Bengal, 1892.]

On Erites, an Oriental genus of Satyrid Butterflies. [Journal

Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1893.]

On new and little-known Butterflies from the Indo-Malayan

Region. Part II. [Journal Bombay N. H. Soc., 1892.]

Ouurrr (A. S.). The Codling Moth, its life-history and habits, 1892.

The Author.

OsteN-SackEN (C. R.). On the so-called Bugonia of the ancients, and its

relation to Hristalis tenaz, a two-winged insect. (Bull.

Ent. Soc. Ital., 1893. | The Author.

Packarp (A. §.). Studies on the Transformations of Moths of the

Family Saturniide. [Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., 1893. ]

The Life-history of certain Moths of the Family Cochliopodide,

with notes on their Spines and Tubercles. [Proc. Am.

Phil. Soc., 1893.]

Notes on the Life-histories of some Notodontide.

Attempt at a new classification of the Bombycine Moths.

Notes on the Notodontian genus Ichthyura. [Entom. News,

1893.) The Author,

€sxv-)

A new genus and two new species of Limacodes-like Moths.

[Entom News, 1893.]

The Life-histories of certain Moths of the Families Cerato-

campide, Hemileucide, &c., with notes on the armature of

the Larve. (Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1893.]

Studies on the Life-history of some Bombycine Moths, with

notes on the Sete and Spines of certain species. [Ann.

N. York Acad. Sci., 1893. ] The Author.

Aglaia Tau, a connecting-link between the Ceratocampide and

Saturniide, and the type of a new subfamily, Agliine.

[Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1893.] The Author.

Notes on the Life-histories of some Notodontide. Part 2.

Notes on Gluphisia and other Notodontide. Parts 1, 2.

[Psyche, 1893.] The Author.

PAGENSTECHER (A.). Lepidopteren gessammelt in Ost-Afrika, 1888—89,

yon Dr. F. Stuhlmann. 8vo. Hamburg, 1893.

The Author.

Beitrage zur Lepidopteren-Fauna des Malayischen Archipels,

vii. [Jahrbiicken Frass. Ver. Natur., Wiesbaden, 1893. ]

The Author.

PrcrHam (Geo. W.) and (Elizth.). Ant-like Spiders of the Family Attide.

(Occ. Papers, Nat. Hist. Soc. Wisconsin. Vol. II., 1893.}

The Authors.

Pértnauzy (L.). Descriptive Catalogue of the Coleoptera of South

Africa. Vol. VII., Part 1. Cicindelide. 8vo. Cape Town,

1893. The Author.

Reep (E.C.). La Langosta en Chile. 8vo. Santiago, 1893.

Entomolojia Chilena, sinopsis de las Avispas Chilenas de la

familia ‘‘Odyneridse.”’ 8vo. Santiago, 1893.

The Author.

Ritey (C. V.). The Yucca Moth and Yucca pollination. [Report

Missouri Botan. Gardens, 1892.]

Roiiast (G.). Catalogue des Chenilles Européennes connues. 8vo.

Lyon, 1883. F. Bromilow.

Riau (Fritz). Die palearktischen Grosschmetterlinge und ihre Natur-

geschichte. Lfg.1—4. 8yvo. Leipzig, 1892—3.

F. Bromilow.

SaunpErs (E.). The Hemiptera-Heteroptera of the British Islands,

1892. The Publishers.

Saussure (H. de). Histoire naturelle des Hymenoptéres. ler partie.

Paris, 1890. [Hist. phys., nat. et politique de Madagascar,

par A. Grandidier, vol. xx.] The Author.

Revision de la tribu des Héterogamiens. 8vo. Genéye, 1893.

Myriapodes des environs de Genéve, par Alois Humbert (uvre

posthume) collationnée et publiée parH.de 8. [Mem. Soc,

Phys. et Hist. Nat. Genéve, 1893.] The Author.

SonrépeR-ScHweERIN (von H.). Ueber einige Makrolepidopteren aus der

Umgegend von Schwerin. [Arch. Ver. Fr. Natur., Mecklen-

burgh, 1893. ] The Author.

ScuppEr (S. H.). The Tropical Faunal Element of our Southern

Nymphaline systematically treated. [Proc. Am. Acad,

Arts and Sci,, 1892.) The Author.

The Orthopterous genus Hippiscus—Canadian Fossil Plants,

1893. The Author,

c

(2 et 4°)

Snare (D.). Coleoptera (continued). [From Supp. App. to Whymper’s

Travels amongst the Great Andes of the Equator.] 1891.

The Author.

Snevuen (P. C. T.). Lepidoptera (Naturalijke Historie).

The Author.

Torr (J. W.). British Noctue and their Varieties. Vol. IV. London,

1892. The Author.

Unirep States Department oF AaricuLtuRE (Division of Entomology)

BuLuetins, 1893 :—

28. The more destructive Locusts of America north of Mexico.

By L. Bruner.

29. Report on the Boll Worm of Cotton. By F. W. Mally.

30. Reports of Observations and Experiments in the Practical

Work of the Division. Dept. of Agric.

Waker (J. J.). Entomological Notes from the Eastern Archipelago.

(Ent. Monthly Mag., 1893. ] The Author.

On the genus Halobates, Esch., and other marine Hemiptera.

[Ent. Monthly Mag., 1893. ] The Author.

Woop-Mason (J.). Illustrations of the Zoology, ‘ Investigator ’ Survey.

Part I. Crustaceans. Plates I—V. Calcutta, 1892.

The Author.

—————— & Atcocx (A.). Natural History Notes, ‘ Investigator’

Survey. Ser. 2,No.1. Calcutta, 1892.

The Authors.

N.B.—In addition to the above, a large number of pamphlets,

which are enumerated in the Supplement to the Society’s

Library Catalogue, 1893, have been presented by Lord

Walsingham, Dr. Sharp, and Messrs. Brongniart, Candéze,

Champion, Distant, Hamilton Druce, Herbert Druce, Gahan,

McLachlan, Moore, J. J. Walker, and Waterhouse.

Periodicals and Publications of Societies.

AFRICA.

Care Town. South African Philosophical Society. Transactions. Vol.

VI., pts. 1, 2. The Society.

AMERICA (NORTH).

CANADA.

Lonpon, Ontarto. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XXV., 1893.

By Exchange.

Montreau. Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings and Transactions,

Vol. X., 1893. The Society.

Toronto. Entomological Society of Ontario. Report XXIII., 1893.

The Society.

Fruit Growers’ Association of Ontario. Report for 1892.

The Association.

( xxvil )

UNITED STATES.

Boston. Boston Society of Natural History. Proceedings. Vol. XXV.,

1892. The Society.

Camprince, Mass. Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College.

Annual Report, 1891—1892. The Curator.

Purwapevpuia. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Pro-

ceedings, 1893, pt. 1.

Entomological News and Proceedings of the Entomological Section.

Volo Lv. The Academy.

American Philosophical Society: Proceedings, 1892.

The Society.

American Entomological Society. Transactions, 1893.

By Exchange.

Sr. Louis. Academy of Science of St. Louis. Transactions. Vol. VI.,

Nos. 2—8. The Academy.

Wasuineton. Insect Life, 1893. U.S. Dept. of Agric.

AMERICA (SOUTH),

ARGENTINE REPUBLIC.

Buenos Arres. Academia Nacional de Ciencias, Cordova. Boletin,

Tomo XI. The Academy.

CHILI.

Santiaco. Société Scientifique du Chili. Actes, 1892.

The Society.

WEST INDIES.

Jamaica. Instituteof Jamaica. Journal. Vol. I., Nos. 4, 5.

The Institute.

Trinrpap. Trinidad Field Naturalist’s Club. Journal. Vol. I., Nos.

7—10. The Club.

ASIA.

INDIA.

Bombay Natural History Society. Journal. Vols. VII., pts. 1 & 4,

VIII., pt. 1. By Exchange.

AUSTRALASIA.

Aprtarpe. Royal Society of South Australia. Transactions, Pro-

ceedings, and Reports. Vol. XVI. By Exchange.

Sypney. The Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales, 1893.

Agric. Dept.

Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, 2nd Series,

Vol. VII. By Exchange.

Wetuineron. New Zealand Institute. Transactions and Proceedings.

Vol. XXV. The Institute.

EUROPE.

AUSTRO-HUNGARY.,

Brinn. Naturforschender Verein in Briinn. Verhandlungen. Band

XXX. By Exchange.

Vienna. K. k. zoologisch-botanische Verein (Gesellschaft) in Wien.

Verhandlungen. Band XLIII. By Exchange.

Wiener entomologische Verein. Jahresbericht, 1891—92.

By Purchase.

Wiener entomologische Zeitung, 1893. By Purchase.

( eeve ¥)

BELGIUM.

Brussexs. Académie Royale des Sciences et Belles Lettres de Belgique.

Annuaire, 1892—93.

Bulletins, Sér.3. Tomes XXII.—XXYV.

Memoires couronnés. 8vo, XLVI.

——- —— 4to, L.—LII.

Memoires, XLVIII.—L. By Exchange.

Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales. Tome XXXVII.

By Exchange.

FRANCE.

Cazn. Société Linnéenne de Normandie. Bulletin, 1892.

By Exchange.

Parts. L’Abeille, 1893. By Purchase.

GERMANY.

BeEruin. Entomologische Verein in Berlin. Berliner entomologische

Zeitschrift. 1893. By Exchange.

Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Deutsche entomologische

Zeitschrift. 1893. . By Exchange.

Dresven. ‘‘Iris.’”? Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. Bd. VI.

By Exchange.

Franrrort. Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft. Bericht.

1893. By Exchange.

SrerTin. Entomologische Verein. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahrg.

LIV. By Exchange.

WERNIGERODE. Naturwissenschaftliche Verein des Harzes. Band VIL.,

1892. The Society.

WierspaDEN. Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde Jahrbucher. Jahrg.

By Exchange.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

BiruincHaM. Philosophical Society. 1891—92. The Society.

Hssex. Hssex Naturalist, being the Journal of the Essex Field Club.

Vol. VII. By Exchange.

Guascow. Natural History Society of Glasgow. Proceedings. New

Series. Vol. IIL., pt. 3. By Exchange.

Hertrorp. Hertfordshire Natural History Society and Field Club.

Transactions. Vol. VII. The Society.

Leeps. Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. Transactions. Part 18.

The Society.

Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Ser. 6, Vols. XI.,

XII. 1893. By Purchase.

City of London Entomological and Natural History Society. Trans-

actions for 1892. The Society.

Entomologist (The). 1893. T. P. Newman.

Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. 1893. The Editors.

Entomologist’s Record and Journal of Variation, 1893.

The Editor.

Linnean Society of London. ‘Transactions, Vol. V., pts. 8—10,

Journal, Nos. 154—156. By Exchange.

Nature. 1893. The Publishers.

Craxix —j

Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. 1893. The Club.

Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. 3rd Ser., Vol. IV.

The Society.

Royal Microscopical Society. Journal. 1893. The Society.

Royal Society. Proceedings. Nos. 317—327. The Society.

Year Book of Scientific Societies. 1893. By Purchase,

Zoological Record for 1892. By Purchase.

Zoological Society. Proceedings, 1893, pts. 1 & 2. Transactions,

Vol. XIII., pts. 5 & 6. By Exchange.

Zoologist (The). 1893. T. P. Newman.

HOLLAND.

Tue Hacur. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr. 1891—92.

By Exchange.

ITALY.

Frorence. Societa Entomologica Italiana. Bullettino. 1893.

By Exchange.

Genoa. Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova. Annali. Ser. 2,

Vols. XII., XIII. By Exchange.

RUSSIA.

Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistesde Moscou. Bulletin. 1892,

Nos. 3, 4; 1893, No. 1. By Exchange.

Sr. Pererssure. Societas Entomologice Rossice. Hore. Tome XXVII.

By Exchange.

SWEDEN.

Stockuorm. Entomologiska Forenigen i Stockholm. Entomologisk

Tidskrift. 1893. By Exchange.

SWITZERLAND.

ScHAFFHAUSEN. Schweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft. Mitthei-

lungen. 1893. By Exchange.

es

aay)

yd od are

ects

5

Paitas?

if ee

PO sae = S

i

THE

TRANSACTIONS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

For tHE YeEaAR 18938.

a

I. A revision of the genus Ypthima, with especial reference

to the characters afforded by the male genitalia. By

Henry J. Ewes, F.L.S., F.Z.S., President of the

Entomological Society, &c., and James Epwarps,

F.E.S.

[Read November 2nd, 1892.]

Prares 1, 10., & TEL.

Tuer genus Ypthima has been for many years a stumbling-

block to lepidopterists, on account of the difficulty of

separating certain of the species by any outward cha-

racters, of the great variation in the seasonal forms,

and the impossibility of satisfactorily determining several

of the species described by the older authors. When,

therefore, I attempted, with Mr. Edwards’ help, to

arrange the large number of specimens in my collection,

and he suggested that an examination of the male geni-

talia might furnish characters of as great value in

separating them as I had previously found those derived

from the form of the pouch in the genus Parnassius to

be, I welcomed his proposal to make a careful study of

them; and, though in some cases the species we have

recognised must remain doubtful for the present, and we

do not consider our arrangement as more than pro-

TRANS. ENT, 80C. LOND, 1893.—PART I. (MARCH.) B

2 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

visional, yet we hope that this paper will be of some

assistance to others in determining the species of this

difficult genus.

It should be stated that Elwes is solely responsible for

the remarks on geographical distribution and habitat, as

well as all statements appearing in the first person

singular; whilst Edwards is responsible for the grouping,

tabulation, and description of the species, and the whole

of the dissections and drawings.

In preparing this paper we have carefully studied the

rich collections of Messrs. Godman and Salvin, Mr. J.

H. Leech, and the British Museum, as well as Elwes’

collection, which contains a good series of almost all the

Kastern species. We have to thank these gentlemen,

as well as Herr P. C. T. Snellen, of Rotterdam, and

Mr. de Nicéville, of Caleutta, for the loan of many

doubtful specimens for examination. Mr. Moore has

kindly furnished the names of some species which were

in course of description in his work, and we are thus

enabled to avoid the creation of synonyms.

The main feature of this attempt to deal with these

insects is the employment of the structural characters

afforded by the male genitalia. If we except the work of

Messrs. Godman and Salvin, no large amount of prac-

tical use has hitherto been made of these characters in

this country, and therefore a few remarks on the general

subject may not be out of place. Connected as these

accessory organs of generation are with the function of

reproduction, their importance in the economy of the

organism will be readily conceded, and experience proves

that they present great stability of form in the different

groups which we are accustomed to regard as species ;

whilst it is an open question whether they are not of more

importance as indications of natural affinity than cha-

racters derived from colour or markings, even when the

latter are very decided. At the same time, the use made

of these characters must be rational, mere differences of

degree are of no more account here than elsewhere, and

if trivial individual differences are taken as conferring

specific rank, such a course can lead to nothing but dis-

appointment and disgust on the part of those who have

to work from our descriptions. Taxonomically con-

sidered, the real value of the study of the primary

sexual characters consists in the removal of individual

the genus Ypthima 8

judgment as a factor in doubtful cases, and the final

appeal which it affords in cases of difference. There is

no universal test character, however, and as with all

others, so sexual characters sometimes fail. It not

unfrequently happens that several species have so nearly

the same form of structure that there is no sufficient

difference to have specific value in doubtful cases (e.g., Y.

sakra, Doherty, and persimilis) ; in other cases, however,

no two species are alike, and the widest variation within

generic limits allows definite specific hmitation. A few

remarks on the means adopted for the utilisation of these

characters will serve to show that there is no reason why

their study in the Lepidoptera should not be extended.

All that is really necessary in the way of manipulation

is to separate the parts and gum them in suitable posi-

tions on pieces of card, which may be pinned in the

cabinet by the side of the insect. This is best accom-

plished by first removing the apex of the abdomen

entire, an operation which, if neatly performed, detracts

but little from the appearance of the specimen. ‘The

parts to be preserved are, first, the tegumen, a more or

less saddle-shaped piece, which terminates the abdomen

above; this should be fixed on the card by its proximal

edge, as this position greatly facilitates the examination

of its inner side, which is sometimes armed with large

hooks, as in many Lycenide ; second, the two clasps

which form the lower boundary of the anal aperture—as

these are symmetrical paired organs, it is better to fix

one of them on the card with its convex side uppermost,

and the other in the reverse position ; third, the wdeagus,

a single chitinous piece occupying a subcentral position

in the anal aperture, and having muscular attachments

to both the tegumen and the clasps; the form of the

free portion of this organ sometimes furnishes a dis-

tinctive character when the others fail. As we are

dealing with the subject from the systematic point of

view and not that of the anatomist, the preservation of

the other parts is merely a matter of taste. The method

of mounting here advocated has the advantage that any

number of specimens may be compared under a variety

of aspects, and a similar aspect secured in each case.

Those entomologists who work with the microscope will

probably prefer to mount the genitalia as transparencies,

either as ordinary microscopic slides, or according to the

B2

4 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

excellent method devised by Mr. Salvin, who by means

of a combination of cardboard and cover-glass produces

a cell for balsam-mounting which possesses all the ad-

vantages of the ordinary cell, and moreover may be

pinned in the cabinet; the chief points in the latter

method are the rendering of the cardboard impervious to

the mounting fluid by soaking it in a solution of white

shellac,* and the provision of a channel by which air-

bubbles may be got rid of, and the mounting fluid

augmented, if perchance any should happen to be

absorbed by the cardboard. These transparent pre-

parations are undoubtedly better and more scientific

than the products of the rough-and-ready plan before

described, which has been adopted in preparing the

material for this paper, since they illustrate the arrange-

ment and ultimate structure of the parts to perfection ;

but they only admit of examination in one aspect, that

at right angles to the plane of the cover-glass, and every

one has not the time and ability necessary for their pre-

paration; therefore, so far as the mere question of

identifying species is concerned, some persons may give

the preference to the dry-mounted separate parts.

A word as to the figures which accompany this paper.

They are all more or less diagrammatic, being simply

intended to convey to the mind an idea of the contour

of the object under a given aspect; all the shaded

figures are drawn to the same scale, correct propor-

tion having been secured by the use of the camera lucida,

and the amount of amplification never exceeds that

which may be obtained with a good hand-lens. Figures

of this kind seem more likely to answer the purpose than

more complex representations of the parts in situ from

specimens mounted as transparent objects for the micro-

scope, whether these are produced by camera drawings

or photography; we have excellent examples of the

former in Plate II. of our ‘Transactions’ for last year,

and of the latter in ‘Tris,’ vol. i., plate xi.

The species of this genus are of a prevailing brown

colour, with a large subapical ocellus on the fore wing,

which reaches its greatest development on the under

surface, and is obsolescent or wanting on the upper

surface of the males of certain species, and from one to

* Gold size answers equally well.—J. E,

the genus Ypthima. 5

six ocelli near the margin of the hind wings above ; the

under side is, in the majority of the species, whitish or

yellowish grey, with a number of close short irregular

curved transverse brown striole, and the hind wing bears

from one to seven ocellinear the margin. ‘This peculiar

marking of the under side is, as far as we know, with one

exception (Callerebia hyagrwa, M.), confined to the genus

as here limited. ‘The first subcostal nervule in the fore

wing is emitted before, at, or beyond the end oi the cell;

but the second subcostal nervule is never emitted betore

that point; the middle disco-cellular is generally arcuate,

not elbowed, and the tegumen is nearly always elongate,

triangular, and simple. In writing of this genus it ap-

pears customary to transcribe Westwood’s definition (Gen.

Diurn. Lep., 394) in extenso, but this, as is too frequently

the case, substitutes long details of structure for precise

words of limitation. ‘he only point of any value upon

which writers on this group are agreed, 1s the circum-

stance that in no case 1s more than the first subcostal

nervule emitted before the end of the cell; if we add to

this the general facies, and the simple uncus, this com-

bination of characters enables us to limit with precision

a fairly natural group of reasonable extent; and, having

regard to the fact that the dithculty of limiting genera

increases in proportion to the natural affinity inter se of

the species to be classified, this is all that can fairly be

expected.

‘his course, however, leaves to be accounted for two

insects which have at one time or another found a place

in the genus under consideration, namely, narasingha,

Moore, and hyagriva, Moore. ‘lhe latter possesses so

many of the characters of Callerebia, that it is perhaps

best placed in that genus as a matter of convenience,

notwithstanding that its facies is, if we except the

broadly-rounded fore wings, Ypthimoid. ‘I'he tormer

would fall well into Callerevia, it 1t were not that the first

subcostal nervule only is emitted before the end of the

cell; and in this connection it should be mentioned that

out of two males and four females examined we found

one male in which both the first and second subcostal

nervules are emitted before the end of the cell, a feature

which would, in conjunction with the elbowed middle

disco-cellulars, the tridentate uncus, and the general

facies, make this specimen at least a Callerebia. ‘The

6 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

fact seems to be that megalomma, Butl., and narasingha,

M., form a passage from Ypthima to Callerebia, and that

hyagriva, M., and nareda, Koll., form a similar passage

from Callerebia to Ypthima; but it will be more con-

venient to place them both in Callerebia pending the dis-

covery of other insects which shall resemble them

respectively more nearly than they do any other species,

in which case narasingha and hyagriva may well be taken

as types of new genera.

A very useful character for distinguishing between

closely allied species is found in the presence or absence

of an opaque space of greater or less extent on the disk

of the fore wing in the male, and arising in the immediate

neighbourhood of the median nerve. The taxonomic

value of this ‘‘sex-mark”’ has apparently been somewhat

misunderstood, possibly because Marshall and de Nicé-

ville, who make great use of it, describe it as a ‘‘ broad

patch of more densely packed scales on the upper side

of the fore wing along both sides of the median nervure,

with a somewhat silky appearance”’; this would almost

lead one to suppose that when present it is something

always observable in the aspect of the insect above,

which is by no means the case. Doubtless the opacity

above mentioned is due to more densely packed scales,

but the nature and extent of the character can only be

seen on holding the insect up against a strong light;

judged of from its aspect above, the character is very

variable, being conspicuous enough in some specimens of

Marshal, Butl., while in the same aspect of Dohertyt,

Moore, it might well be pronounced absent, although

really present and well defined.

It will be observed that considerable use has been

made of the number of the ocelli on the under side of

the hind wing as a distinctive character,* and up to a

certain point their number and arrangement is very

constant. “These ocelli may be treated as forming a sub-

marginal series, which is variously interrupted in all the

species except fasciata, Hew., and ttonia, Hew., where

the seven ocelli form a continuous row; the number of

the ocelli near the apex of the hind wing beneath (one,

** It must be remembered that the ocelli are liable to become

partially or wholly obsolete in the dry-season forms of several

species which occur in India, but it is almost always possible to see

the position which the ocelli would occupy if present.

the genus Ypthima. 7

two, or three) gives us well-defined minor groups which

are easy of recognition, and the total number of the

ocelli is generally constant in the normal specimens of

the same species, but the tendency to subdivision of the

anal ocellus must not be overlooked. The actual num-

ber of ocelli on the upper side of the hind wing proves

too liable to vary to be of any value as a_ specific

character, but their numerical tendency may sometimes

be used with advantage.

The diversity. observable in the clasps of forms out-

wardly nearly alike has almost certainly been brought

about by natural selection; the possession of a given

colour or pattern was probably conducive to the preserva-

tion of the individual, and consequently something very

nearly approaching community of exterior was oradually

acquired; whilst the clasp, being merely concerned in

the reproductive function, and not at all calculated to

endanger the safety of its possessor by attracting its

enemies or retarding its escape from them, remained

unaltered. The species of the Motschulskyi group are

cases in point, for some of them are really only to be

determined with certainty after an examination of the

male genitalia. It is clear that species which it is

almost impossible to define with accuracy by means of

external characters may frequently be separated with

ease by certain characteristic peculiarities in the male

genitalia, the persistence of which may be proved by

direct experiment ; it follows, therefore, with regard to

future descriptions of closely allied species in this genus,

that one of two things must happen,—either the state-

ment of diagnostic characters must include an account

of the male genitalia, or the characters derivable from

this source must be ignored, with the result that the

number of insufficient descriptions will be increased

indefinitely, to the great detriment of scientific progress

in this particular direction. At the same time, although

there can be but little doubt that the use of these

characters will ultimately be greatly extended, there

undoubtedly exist two grave objections to their general

adoption ; in the first place, their use entails the exercise

of a certain amount of patience, combined with some

manual dexterity; and in the next, there must neces-

sarily be ‘‘mutilation”’ of specimens (types even occa-

sionally) by the removal of the extreme apex of the

8 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

abdomen in one or more examples. On the whole, the

application of the “‘ genitalia test’’ to these insects goes

to show that the species are more numerous, and, in

themselves, less liable to vary than has been generally

supposed; the latter circumstance, indeed, was to be

expected, if one considers how much easier it is to

ascribe variability to a known species than to investigate

the affinities of a possible new one.

It isa fact within the experience of Edwards, based

upon nearly twenty years’ continuous observation of the

characters afforded by the male genitalia in the Homo-

pterous Hemiptera, as well as insects of other orders,

and supported by the experience in the same direction of

Dr. Sharp and Mr. Champion in the Coleoptera, Mr.

McLachlan in the Trichoptera, &c., and Messrs. Godman

and Salvin in the Lepidoptera, that any well-marked

peculiarity of form in these organs generally proves to

be constant in all the individuals which we are not

otherwise precluded from considering as belonging to the

same species. Under these circumstances we have in

this paper described and illustrated certain insects which

we were perfectly able to define, although we had not,

in some cases, more than a single example before us. It

has been suggested that we ought not to describe and

name insects until we were in possession of substantial

information as to their range, time of appearance,

habits, &c. ; but it was not explained how these statistics

were to be collected whilst the objects of them remained

without names.

Throughout this paper the term ‘‘ocelli” without

modification is to be taken as referring to those of the

under side of the hind wing; and it is essential that the

Tables of Species be used in conjunction with the detailed

descriptions and collateral matter.

Grovr I.

Small feeble species; sex-mark in ¢ absent or but

little developed (well marked in indecora). Ocelli variable,

sometimes punctiform, rarely altogether absent.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

1 (24). Upper side of hind wing without an orange band.

2 (23). More than one ocellus.

3 (20). One subapical ocellus.

4 (19). Subapical ocellus in first subcostal interspace.

the genus Ypthima.

. More than two ocelli.

. Four ocelli(or, by gemination of the anal one,

five).

. Upper side of hind wing brown.

. Upper side paler, with dark submarginal and

marginal lines

. Upper side darker ; no dark submarginal or

marginal lines.

. Clasp as in fig. 6

. Clasp as in fig. 7

. Upper side of hind wing in part mate

. Three ocelli (or, by gemination of the anal

one, four).

. Subapical ocellus ieee as ree as the one on

the fore wing ..

. Subapical ocellus stat or suche

. Clasp as in figs. 4, 44).

. Clasp as in figs. 44, vee ye c

. Two ocelli (or, if three, anal one Bo minute

unipupillate) ..

. Subapical ocellus in second a peortal tere

space; ocelli punctiform

. Two subapical ocelli.

22). Ocelli punctiform or pany absent ; sex-mark

distinet

. Ocelli well defined, uppermost of the hibapiedl

pair very small in pr ane tion to the one next

to it

or ocelli entirely wanting

median orange band abbreviated at each end

1. Ypthima Hiibneri. (Pl. I., fig.

1. Hiibne

ri.

2. Kasmira.

egregia.

3. ceylonica.

4. ariasp

a.

5. asterope.

6. granulosa.

7. simplicia.

8. inica.

9. indecora.

- .. 10. baldus.

. One ocellus only, in the fir st Ra ise ap Hoe

. 11. arctous.

). Upper side of hind wing with a fired ones

12. aphnius.

5).

Ypthima philomela, Hubn. (nec Linn.), Zutr.

Schmett., figs. 83, 84 (1818) ; Hewitson, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., ser. iii., vol. 11., p. 284.

Y. Hitbneri, Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn.

Dist., Bhop. Mal, p..57, pl. vu., fig.5, 2; Marsh.

& de Nicé., Butt. Ind., yD: 226, pl.

fig. 65, S.

Lep., p.

Ex,

SISyE

XVll.,

Y. howra, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1884, p. 17;

Y. apicalis, Moore, l.c., p. 17;

Y. catharina,

Waterhouse, Aid, ii., pl. 179, fig. 4,

Be. 2) dis

p. 183 (sec. spec. typ.).

3.

Waterhouse, l. c.,

Butler, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5), xviii.,

10 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

Seasonal dimorphism is strongly exhibited in this

species in the great variation in size of the ocelli on the

under surface of the hind wing; there is also no con-

stancy in the relative size or number of the ocelli on the

upper side of the hind wing. Ina g example lent to us

by Messrs. Godman and Salvin, from Darjeeling, ex. coll.

Lidderdale, the under side of the hind wing is whitish

grey, practically devoid of striolation, with a pale yellow-

brown irregular transverse line just beyond the middle ;

the ocelli in this specimen are mere black points. It is,

of course, merely an extreme form, but is noteworthy on

account of the entire disappearance of the normal

striolation.

Hab. Plains of Bengal (Anyvett, de Nicéville), Assam

(Doherty), Khasias (Hlwes), Cachar (Wood-Mason), Arna-

malai Hills (Davison), Malabar (Marshall), Akyab (Adam-

son), Shan States (Manders).

2. Ypthima Kasmira. (PI. 1., fig. 6).

Ypthima Kasmira, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1884,

p- 17; Waterhouse, Aid, 1i., pl. 179, fig. 5, 2.

We should not have ventured to separate this from

Hiibneri by the slight external characters, which consist

solely, as far as we know, in the slightly darker colour

and absence of a submarginal dark line on the fore wing

above. ‘The form of the clasp is, however, constantly

different.

The distribution is peculiar, as, though found in

several parts of the North-west Himalayas, 1 have

specimens from Mysore and the Arnamalai Hills which

agree with Kasmira rather than Hiibneri in all these

points. Probably it will be found to occur in inter-

mediate localities.

Hab. Mandi, 4500 ft. (@. Young) ; Chumba (Marshall) ;

Kujiar, 6000 ft., April, 1889 (McArthur); Rajaori,

4000 ft., Sept., 1887 (Leech) ; Mysore, Arnamalai Hills,

S. India (Davison).

A single specimen in my collection from Sikkim differs

in the clasp, which is figured No. 7 on Pl. I. under the

provisional name of egregia, which, if other specimens

should be found agreeing with it, may prove to be a

distinct species.

the genus Ypthima. 11

3. Ypthima ceylonica, (PI. L, fig. 8).

Ypthima ccylonica, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

ser. ili., vol. ii, p. 288, pl. xviii., figs. 14, 15

(1864) ; Moore, Lep. Cey., p. 25, pl. xit., figs. 5 3,

5a 2; Marsh. & de Nicé., Butt. Ind., 1., p. 288 ;

Taylor, Butt. Khorda in Orissa, p. 3, Calcutta,

1888.

It has been suggested by Taylor that this is merely a

local form of Hibneri, but the form of the clasps entirely

negatives any such assumption.

Hab. Ceylon, low country (Elwes, Mackwood) ; Nil-

giris (Davison, Hampson) ; Ganjam (Minchin); Sumatra

(Sachs, in coll. Godman & Salvin); Khorda, Orissa

(Taylor).

4, Ypthima ariaspa.

Ypthima ariaspa, Moore, P. Z. S., 1874, p.568; Marsh.

& de Nicé., Butt. Ind., 1., 224.

Y. rara, Butler, P.Z.S8., 1883, p. 145, pl. KEAVG, Ales, L

(sec. spec. typ.).

Y. dedalea, Swinh., P.Z.S., 1886, p. 428 (sec. spec.

typ.).

Allied to nareda, Koll., but smaller (expanse 1°1 to

1:4 inches); under side whitish, finely, evenly, and

moderately closely striolate, with no coalescence of the

striolation to form markings in the shape of bands or

clouds on either wing. ‘The male, according to Marshall

and de Nicéville, has no sex-mark.

We have hitherto seen but one ? example of this

species, but we entertain no doubt of its distinctness.

The under side is well figured (as Y. rara, Butl.), VAS

1888, pl. xxiv., fig. 1.

A ¢, taken by Mr. Godman at Indore, India, has the

subapical ocellus scarcely larger than that in the first

median interspace, but is otherwise typical.

Hab. Fyzabad, Oudh; Bholahat, Maldah ; Mhow

(Swinhoe) ; Rajputana (Llwes).

5. Ypthima asterope. (P1.1., fig. 4; Pl. IL. fig. 440).

Hipparchia asterope, Klug, Symb. Phys., Dl. BKK;

figs. 11—14 (1882).

Ypthima asterope, Hewitson, l.¢., p- 283; Marsh. &

de Nicé., Butt. Ind., i., p. 224.

12 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

Y. mahratta, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng., liii., p. 16;

Waterhouse, Aid, 11., pl. 179, fig. 1.

Y. alemola, Swinhoe, P.Z.8., 1885, p. 127.

Y. complexina, ibid., 1. c., 1886, p. 428, pl. xl., fig.2 2.

On the under side of the fore wing the ocellar space is

open to the costa, but otherwise limited by a dark line,

and the striolation coalesces near the posterior angle to

form a brown cloud of greater or less extent. The

species may always be distinguished in the ¢ sex by the

comparatively short twisted clasp.

This species appears to have a very wide range, from

S. Africa (Trimen) to Abyssinia and Arabia, and from

thence through the drier and arid regions of Western,

North-western, and Central India to the extreme South,

whence I have a specimen which is typical. The ocelli

both in Syria and India are sometimes either nearly or

entirely obsolete.

We are unable to separate African, Arabian, and

Indian specimens.

ITab. Beyrout, Antioch, Syria (Zach) ; Poona, Mhow,

W. India (Swinhoe); Kujiar, 6000 ft., April, 1889

(McArthur); Chumba, N.W. Himalayas, Tinnevelly,

8S. India (Marshall) ; Cashmere (Hewitson collection) ;

Aden (Yerbury) ; Somali coast (B. M.) ; Anseba, Abys-

sinia (Jesse); Nubia; China, coll. Kaden (in coll. God-

man & Salvin).

6. Ypthima granulosa. (PI. II., figs. 44, 44a).

Ypthima granulosa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. N.H. (5),

Xil., p01 (S83).

Resembles the preceding so closely that any descrip-

tion of its appearance is needless. It is, however, abun-

dantly distinct in the structure of the clasp; the apex

of this organ, when viewed from the side, appears

rounded, and the serrulation is continued towards the

base for a little distance on one side. In the same

aspect of the clasp of Y. asterope, amongst other features,

its apex is seen to be subtruncate, and the serrulate

plate is strictly apical.

The specimen to which the above remarks apply is

from Zanzibar, in coll. Godman & Salvin. Butler’s

Y. granulosa was from Victoria Nyanza, and seems to

be the same species; it has theretore been thought well

the genus Ypthima. 18

to adopt his name for our insect, for the reasons detailed

in treating of Y. multistriata, p. 18, post.

7. Ypthima simplicia. (Pl. IIL, fig. 54).

Ypthima simplicia, Butler, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4),

Xvul., p. 481 (1876).

3S. Scarcely distinguishable on the upper side from asterope,

Klug. Under side pale grey, closely and finely striolate after the

manner of that species. Fore wing with one large bipupilled

ocellus ; ocellar space bounded, except on the costa, by a brown

line. Hind wing with two well-developed ocelli, one, a little the

larger, in the first subcostal interspace, and one in the first median

interspace; in some examples there is also a minute unipupillate

ocellus near the anal angle. Sex-mark wanting. Clasp narrow

and elongate, gradually widened to the subtruncate apex, which

bears a serrulate accessory plate.

The type isin the British Museum, but this description

is taken from Abyssinian specimens.

Hab. Abyssinia (in coll. Godman & Salvin), Wadelai

(Emin Pasha), Victoria Nyanza.

8. Ypthima inica. (Pl. I., fig. 9).

Ypthima inica, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

ser. ill., vol. i1., p. 284, pl. xvii., fig. 5 (1864) ;

Marsh. & de Nicé., Butt. Ind.i., p. 225.

Y. alkibie, Swinhoe, P.Z.8., 1886, p. 422.

This species bears considerable resemblance to indecora

on the under side, but the space between the two discal

bands on the hind wing has occasionally a decided buff

tint ; it is, however, a smaller insect, and the form of

the clasp is, so far as we know, unique in the genus.

Hab. Bholahat, Bengal (Irvine); Mhow (Swinhoe) ;

Wynaad (Davison).

9. Ypthima indecora. (Pl. L., figs. 10, 14).

Ypthima indecora, Moore, P. Z.8., 1882, p. 238, pl. xii.,

fio. 7; Marsh. & de Nicé., Butt. Ind., i. 218.

The great breadth of the cedeagus of this species in

proportion to its length will always distinguish the male

from that of Marshalli. The colour and pattern of the

under side, moreover, is characteristic, although the

species has certainly the facies of a depauperate Mar-

14 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

shalli, when viewed from above, and the resemblance

extends even to the possession of a sex-mark.

Its clasp and cedeagus are somewhat like those of

baldus, but the presence of a distinct sex-mark and

obsolete ocellation of the under side separate it clearly

from that species. The range of this species, as far as

known, is very limited.

Hab. Kulu, 3600 ft., March, April (G. Young) ;

Kanera (Hocking).

10. Ypthima baldus. (PI. 1., figs. 15, 16).

Papilio baldus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., App., p. 809

(1775); “Donovan; Ins. - Ind... pl. xxxvi5 fies 92

(Hipparchia).

2 P. philomela, Johanssen, Amen. Acad., vi., p. 404

(1767), cf. p. 26 post.

Ypthima tabella, Marsh. & de Nicé., Butt. Ind., 1.,

p. 234.

The only figure of the P. baldus of Fabricius is that

of Donovan, above cited; and, as it is a fair representa-

tion of our insect (which has been known as tabella, and

of which Javanese specimens were sent by Snellen as

Hitbneri, Kirby), we have adopted the Fabrician name.

Westwood, in his edition of Donovan’s Ins. Ind., p. 53

(1842), puts Papilo lysandra, Cr. (pl. 293, figs. c, H) as a

synonym of baldus, Fab., and there are some old speci-

mens of our insect in the Godman & Salvin collection,

one of which bears the name ‘“‘ Li/ander, Cr.” on a manu-

script label evidently of the Fabrician period. The

statement of Marshall & de Niceville that this species

appears at first sight to be only a dwarf specimen of Y.

sakra, seems to us very misleading.

Hab. India (Donovan) ; Nilgiri Hills, 3500 ft. (Hamp-

son); Wynaad (Marshall); Java (Snellen); Padang,

Sumatra (Sachs).

11. Ypthima arctous. (Pl. IIL, fig. 49).

Papilio arctous, Fabricius ; Godart, Enc. Meth., p. 552

(1823).

Ypthima arctous, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

ser. i1., vol. 11., p. 283.

gS. Upper side brown, a single well-defined ocellus on each

wing, that on the fore wing bipupilled. Sex-mark wanting. Under

side yellowish grey, closely and finely striolate, the striolation

the genus Ypthima. 15

coalescing to form a pale brown cloud near the posterior angle of

the fore wing; ocellus of the fore wing as on the upper side ; one

small well-defined unipupillate ocellus on the hind wing in the first

median interspace. Expanse, 34 mm.

Hab. Sydney (Macleay) ; Queensland (in coll. Godman

& Salvin); Aru, Port Denison (jide Hewittson).

Specimens from Port Moresby, New Guinea (Goldie),

in coll. Godman & Salvin, only differ in their smaller

size, and in sometimes wanting the ocellus on the hind

wing both above and below; this ocellus shows a tendency

to disappear in a specimen from Queensland. The shape

of the apex of the clasp bears some resemblance to that

of Hibneri.

12. Ypthima aphnius.

Satyrus aphnius, Godart, Enc. Méth., p. 551 (1823).

Ypthima aphnius, Hewitson, l.¢., p. 292, pl. XVll.,

Hes, O,.9)

Easily recognisable by the character given in the fore-

going table.

Hab. Timor (Wallace), Isle of France (fide Hewitson).

Group II.

Species of moderate or large size, having three ocelli

(or, by gemination of the anal one, four); one in the

first subcostal interspace, one in the first median in-

terspace, and one near the anal angle.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

1 (26). Subapical ocellus usually much the largest.

2 (17). g with a sex-mark.

3 (16). The pale ground colour of the under side of

the hind wing greyish white.

4 (11). Ocellus on upper side of fore wing obsolescent

or absent.

5 (10). Clasp widened at the apex.

6 (9). Apical expansion of clasp various, but not

resembling a bird’s head.

7 (8). Accessory serrulate plate of clasp apical .. 13. Motschulskyi.

. Accessory serrulate plate of clasp lateral .. 14. imitans, n.s.

9 (6). Apical expansion of clasp resembling a bird’s

head .. ; ar

10 (5). Clasp not perceptibly widened at the apex,

which is subtruncate, and armed with about

five short teeth ke a cn . 16. multistriata,

11 (4). Ocellus on upper side of fore wing large and

well defined.

@

_—_~

=

_—

. obscura, N.S.

4

or

prenubila.

sordida, n. Ss.

perfecta.

lycus.

pupillaris.

22. nareda.

fusca.

chinensis.

newara.

pandocus.

loryma.

impura, 0.8.

16 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

12 (13). Expanse exceeding 50 mm. eb Nee

13 (12). Expanse much less than 50 mm.

14 (15). Ocellar space on under side of fore ee un-

defined ae HUSK

15 (14). Ocellar space on madee ee of Gow wing well

defined 46, UG).

16 (3). The pale ground Soteee of anes aide of hind

wing ochreous eve nes

17 (2). Sex-mark wanting.

18 (19). Ocellar space on under side of fore wing

limited by a dark line, except on the costa 21.

19 (18). The inner boundary of the ocellar space on

under side of fore wing wanting.

20 (21). Clasp short and wide, its apex produced in-

wardly into a strong simple spine

21 (20). Apex of clasp not produced into a spine.

22 (25). Clasp elongate, distinctly modified at the

apex.

23 (24). Apex of clasp bearing a es laa

serrulate plate

24 (23). Apex of clasp produced coaardly ue a fee

bearing a few (about five) teeth, and a little

below this another simple lobe cos

25 (22). Clasp narrow and elongate, its apex appa-

rently simple, but really flattened and

minutely serrulate . 24,

26 (1). Subapical ocellus never hes. el ee in

the first median interspace, frequently

smaller.

(27). Under side of hind wing whitish on the disk,

owing to the sparsity of the striolation .. 25.

27 (26). Under side of hind wing well covered with

striolation.

28 (29). g with a sex-mark A PAs}

29 (28). Sex-mark wanting.

30 (31). Inner edge of the ocellar space on upper side

of fore wing scarcely darker than the

ground colour 5 & Pile

31 (30). Ocellar space on upper ada of fore wing

18. Ypthima Motschulskyt.

bounded aes nee a str sus suffused dark

band .. 5

4 Risk

doleta.

(Pl. IL., fig. 34).

Satyrus Motschulskyi, Bremer, Beitr. zur Fauna Nordl.

Chinas," p: ‘S, “n.' 26 (1858) ; Ménétries, Hnum.

Corp. Anim., pl. v1., fig. 5 (1855).

Ypthima amphithea, Ménétries, in Schrenk’s Amur.

Lande, p. 41, pl. i., fig. 10; Hewitson, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., ser. iii., vol. ii., p. 289; Stgr.

in Rom. Mem., vi., 208.

the genus Ypthima. |

The insect which we have taken to represent this

name agrees in every respect with the figure of Méné-

tries above cited, except that the latter does not show

the dark velutinous patch on the disk of the fore wing.

It would be a mere waste of time to attempt to trace

the full synonymy of this species, as we can only separate

it with certainty from its allies by the form of the clasp ;

but we have treated amphithea, Mén., as a synonym in

deference to Staudinger’s opinion, as expressed in Rom.

Mem., vi., p. 203.

Hab. Nagasaki, Japan; Fusan, Korea (Leech) ; Kiu-

kiang (Pratt) ; Shanghai (Pryer).

14. Ypthima imitans, n.s. (PI. IIL, fig. 53).

3. Upper side brown; fore wing with a dark velutinous shade

on the disk, coincident with the sex-mark; hind wing with an

irregular dark submarginal line, one large ocellus in the first

median interspace, and a minute geminate one near the anal angle.

Under side greyish white ; fore wing with the pale ocellar space

subtriangular, well defined, reaching the inner margin, and bounded

inwardly by an oblique transverse brown band, which gradually

widens to the inner margin; the dark submarginal line which

forms its outer boundary scarcely so well defined; ocellus bipupilled,

well defined; hind wing with the striolation becoming suddenly

sparser on the distal half, which is therefore whiter than the rest

of the wing ; an irregular submarginal line attenuate at each end ;

ocelli 8, subequal in size, one subapical, one in the first median

interspace, and one anal, the latter bipupilled. Expanse, 46 mm.

Hab. Hainan. Described from a single example in

coll. Godman & Salvin.

15. Ypthima obscura, n.s. (PI. IL., fig. 35).

3. Upper side fuliginous brown, with pale grey fringes, ocellus

of the fore wing barely indicated, one well-defined subanal ocellus

on the hind wing, the dark velutinous patch on the fore wing in-

distinct. Under side greyish white, the striolation moderately

close and fine, the latter on the distal half of the fore wing

coalescing to form a brown cloud arising in the posterior angle and

limiting the subcircular ocellar space; striolation of the hind wing

closer in the basal two-thirds, and coalescing to form a submarginal

band, which widens irregularly inwardly between the subapical

ocellus and the one below it; ocelli 3, as in Motschulskyi, &e.

TRANS. ENT. 80C. LOND. 1893.—PaRT I. (MARCH.) C

18 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

@. Upper side somewhat paler than the J; the ocellus of the

fore wing large and well defined. Under side similar to the 9, but

the only brown markings beyond the striolation are the faint brown

bands, which limit the subtriangular ocellar space. Expanse,

3 45 mm., 2? 44mm.

There are several specimens of this species in Mr.

Leech’s collection from Korea under the name of

Motschulskyi. This species may always be recognised

by the peculiar shape of the apex of the clasp.

Hab. Gensan, Korea, July, 1886 (Leech). Type in

coll. Elwes.

16. Vpthima multistriata. (Pl. IL., fig. 36).

Vpthima multistriata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5),

x1l., p. 50 (1883).

The male of this species may be separated from Mots-

chulskyi_ by the entire absence of the ocellus from the

upper side of the fore wing, and the presence of a minute

ocellus near the anal angle of the hind wing above,

which is wanting in all our males of true Motschulskyt ;

it resembles our Y. imitans on the upper side, but is

distinguished from all its allies by the form of the clasp.

TIab. Ichang (Pratt).

In outward appearance our insect closely resembles

Y. multistriata, Butl., from Formosa, and the only means

of proving their distinctness or the reverse lies in a

comparison of the g genitalia; as this comparison is

not in the least degree likely to take place between the

type of multistriata and our insect, we have provisionally

adopted Butler’s name rather than make a synonym.

17. Vpthima prenubila. (Pl. IIIL., fig. 47).

Ypthima prenubila, Leech, ‘ Entomologist,’ xxiv.,

Suppl., p. 66 (Sept., 1891); Butt. China, &e.,

p. Si; plix., tie, Bg:

Distinguished from its immediate allies by its large

size (56—64 mm.); it differs from Y. sordida in having

two ill-defined dark bands limiting the ocellar space on

the under side of the fore wing, and it wants the irregular

pale band found on the under side of the hind wing in

perfecta; in the structure of the clasp it somewhat

approaches J’. multistriata, a species which, so far as we

the genus Ypthima. 19

know, does not develop the ocellus on the upper side of

the fore wing in the ¢.

Hab. Ta-chien-lu, Chia-kou-ho, Moupin, Omei-shan,

Wa-shan, Kiukiang (Leech).

18. Ypthima sordida, n.s. (PI. IIL, fig. 52).

3. Upper side brown; fore wing with an ill-defined dark yvelu-

tinous shade on the disk coincident with the sex-mark, and a well-

defined bipupilled subapical ocellus ; hind wing with a well-defined

unipupillate ocellus in the first median interspace. Under side

whitish grey; fore wing with the striolation very close, and in parts

coalescent, so that the surface has a brown appearance; ocellus as

on the upper side, ocellar space absolutely undefined ; hind wing

with the striolation somewhat irregular, coarser, and sparser, so

that the surface has a somewhat hoary appearance; ocelli three,

one subapical, as large as that on the fore wing, one about half as

large in the first median interspace, and a bipupilled one of similar

size to the last near the anal angle. Expanse, 46 mm.

Hab. Wiukiang, June, 1887 (Pratt). Described from

a single example in coll. Elwes.

19. Ypthima perfecta. (Pl. II., fig. 87).

Ypthima Motschulskyi, var. perfecta, Leech, Butt. China,

Weep. O68, pl. x.,.fle%, & (1892).

This is distinguished from its allies by the well-defined,

straight-sided ocellar space on the under side of the fore

wing, which is open both to the costa and the inner

margin, and the irregular pale band on the under side of

the hind wing, but most certainly by the different form

of the clasp.

This species occurs in Central and Western China at

5—10,000 ft. (fide Pratt).

Hab. Wiukiang, Huang-muchang, Wa-shan, Hankow

(Pratt).

20. Ypthima lycus. (Pl. IL., fig. 89).

Ypthima lycus, de Nicéville, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.

Soe., iv., No. 3, 1889, p. 165, pl. a, fig. 2, 3.

Y. Motschulskyi, Marsh. & de Nicé., Butt. Ind., i.,

p. 214

Smaller than Motschulskyi (expanse, 1°5 to 1°6 in.).

Fore wings narrower and more pointed, the velutinous

shade scarcely visible above; ground colour of under

o 2

20 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

side yellow, exceedingly closely and finely striolate, so

that the entire surface has a yellow-brown appearance.

A very good and distinct species.

Hab. Khasi Hills (Johnson).

21. Ypthima pupillaris.

Ypthima pupillaris, Butler, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 59.

3S. Size and upper side of Y. nareda, Koll. Under side pale

brown, closely and finely striolate; ocellar space of fore wing

rounded-triangular, limited by a dark line, except on the costa;

ocelli three, one subapical, one in the first median interspace, and

one anal; all three rather small, and placed in a right line from the

costa to the anal angle.

Hab. Central Africa (Hmin Pasha).

The @ specimen associated with the type of this

species in the B. M. collection might easily be passed

over as a pale example of Y. nareda, Koll.

22. Ypthima nareda. (PI. 1., fig. 2; Pl. IL, fig. 40).

Satyrus nareda, Kollar, in Hugel’s Kaschmir, iyv.,

pt. ii., p. 451, n. 12 (1844).

Vpthima nareda, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

ser. lil., vol. il., p. 284, pl. xvii., fig. 6; Marsh. &

de Nicé:, Butt: Ind:, 1., p.221) pl.xvis es Goh ae

The only superficial character of any value in sepa-

rating this species from newara, M., is that pointed out

by Marshall & de Nicéville in their table of species, l.c.,

p- 220, namely, the widening on the inner margin of the

submarginal brown band on the upper side of the fore

wing. This seems to be a persistent character where

males are compared; in the female the pale speckled

portion near the apex of the fore wing scarcely extends

inwards beyond the ocellus. The form of the clasps,

and also of the tegumen, is very characteristic. Doherty

(Jour. As. Soc. Beng., lv., pt. 2, No. 2, 1886, p. 119)

says of this species:—‘‘The uncus (tegumen) is not

exactly lobed, but flattened out horizontally like a tile,

appearing from above very broad and square cut.” He

evidently overlooked the linear spiniform apical portion.

Hab. Mandi, 4500 ft. (@. Young); Simla, Theog,

Mashobra (Marshall); Kangra (Hocking); Kujiar,

the genus Ypthima. ot

6000 ft., April, 1889 (McArthur); Kulu Valley, Sept.

(McArthur). All in the N.W. Himalaya.

The very different form of the clasp alone enables me

to concur with Edwards in treating this as distinct from

newara, but its distribution seems almost confined to the

N.W. Himalayas. The localities given are taken from

specimens in my own collection.

A specimen from Margharita, Upper Assam, has the

clasp as shown in Pl. IL., fig. 41, different from either

nareda or newara, and may be a distinct species, in

which case it will bear the name of fusca; but I do not

feel justified at present in separating a single specimen

on an anatomical character alone.

The specimen in question may be distinguished from

nareda on the upper side by the submarginal brown band

of the fore wing, which does not expand towards the

inner margin, and on the under side by the whiter

eround colour and coarser striolation, the straight even

submarginal brown band of the fore wing, and the dis-

tinct indication of a whitish post-median band on the

hind wing.

23. Ypthima chinensis. (PI. IL., fig. 43).

Ypthima newara, var. chinensis, Leech, Butt. China,

p: 89, pl. x., fig. 5 (1892).

Somewhat larger than newara, M., from which it may

be distinguished on the upper side by the paler colour of

the outer area of both wings in the ¢. ‘The under side

is whitish grey, without any markings beyond the ordi-

nary striolation, which exhibits a tendency to coalesce

and form a brown cloud about the inner margin of the

fore wing. The constancy of the form of the clasps has

been tested in four cases.

Hab. Kiukiang, Chang-yang, Central China (Pratt).

24. Ypthima newara. (PI. IL, fig. 42).

Ypthima newara, Moore, P.Z.8., 1874, p. 567 ; Marsh.

& de Nicé., Butt. Ind., i., pp. 220, 222; Water-

house, Aid, i1., pl. 179, fig 7.

Y. nareda, Hewitson, l.c., pl. xvii., fig. 7..

As a rule this species is larger than nareda, Koll.,

with coarser striolation on the under side; the sub-

29 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

marginal brown band on the upper side of the fore wing

is not widened towards the inner margin in either sex,

and in the female the pale speckled portion near the

apex of the fore wing extends well inwards beyond the

ocellus.

HIab. Sikkim, Bhutan, 4—5000 ft. (Hlwes) ; Khasia,

4—-5000 ft. (Hlwes) ; Assam, Naga Hills (Doherty) ; Ber-

nardmyo, Burmah (Doherty) ; Aracan (Adamson) ; Mandi,

N.W. Himalaya, 8—5000 ft. (Young); Kangra (Hocking).

25. Vpthima pandocus. (Pl. Dls fig. 38).

Ypthima pandocus, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

ser. lii., vol. ii., p. 290, pl. xviii., fig. 12 (1864).

Y. corticaria, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 2nd

ser., vol. i., Zool., p. 587 (1876) ; Distant, Rhop.

Mal., pp. 55 and 419, pl. vi., fig. 8.

Y. sempera, Felder, Wien. Ent. Mon., vi., p. 125;

Semper, Schmett. Philipp. Ins., 1, p. 49, pl. x.,

fig. 1, g¢ under side, fig. 2, 2 upper side.

Y. loryma, Hew., pars., l.¢., p. 289, pl. xviii., fig. 16

(1864); Stgr., Ex. Tagf., pl. Ixxxiii.

Y. halelonda, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1888,

p- 475, pl. xi1., fig. 4.

This species presents a considerable amount of local

variation, but all its forms agree in possessing a very

elongate twisted clasp, with a simple spiniform apex;

and it may always be recognised amongst the species of

moderate or large size by the white ground colour of the

under side of the hind wing, which is sparsely and very

irregularly striolate, and bears three ocelli, of which the

subapical one never exceeds in size the one in the first

median interspace. ‘The smallest examples are those

from the Philippines and Palawan ; ours, from Java and

Pulo Laut, are larger, but the largest are those from

Celebes; the latter have the fore wimg rather narrower

and more pointed, and arethe Y.loryma of some writers,

and of Hewitson’s fig. 16.

Hab. Java (Piepers) ; Perak (Doherty) ; Nias Island

(Mogdiliant); Pulo Laut (Doherty) ; Philippines (Semper);

Palawan (Platen); Borneo (coll. Hewitson); Malacca,

2000 ft. (coll. Hewitson) ; Labuan (Low, coll. Godman

& Salvin).

the genus Ypthima. 23

26. Ypthima loryma. (Pl. IIL; fig. 50).

Ypthima loryma, Hewitson, I. ¢., p. 289, pl. xviil.,

fig. 17 (nec 16), 1864.

Y. celebensis, Rothschild, Iris, v., p. 433, pl. v., fig. 3

Gin Leos,

3. Upper side dark chocolate-brown ; fore wing with a dark velu-

tinous shade occupying the disk, and a dark submarginal line,

which is parallel with the hind margin throughout ; sex-mark very

large and distinct, nearly coincident with the dark shade; hind

wing with the ocellar space paler than the disk, not sharply limited

inwardly, and bounded outwardly by an irregular dark submarginal

band; one well-defined subanal ocellus. Under side greyish white,

with a faint vinous tinge, the striolation chocolate-brown, on the

hind wing forming a series of very irregular band-like blotches,

and an irregular submarginal line, on the fore wing forming an

oblique post-median band and a submarginal line, the two latter

limiting the subtriangular ocellar space; ocelli three, one sub-

apical, one in the first median interspace, and one anal.

Hab. Celebes (in coll. Hewitson, Godman d& Salvin,

and B. M.). In the form of the clasp this species is

closely allied to pandocus, Moore, but it is distinguishable

by the small sharp tooth near the apex.

Hewitson’s fig. 16, and Staudinger’s figure of Y.

loryma on pl. lxxxii. of his Exot. Tagf., merely represent

a large dark variety of pandocus, Moore.

27. Ypthima impura, n.s. (Pl. IIL, fig. 48).

g. Much resembling the same sex of Y. doleta, Kirby, in the

aspect of the under side, but readily separable by the pattern of

the upper surface. Upper side brown, both wings with a narrow

dark submarginal band, and a double marginal dark line; fore

wing with the ocellar space suboval, well defined, especially out-

wardly ; ocellus bipupilled; sex-mark wanting; hind wing with

one unipupillate ocellus in the first median interspace, and some-

times one or two minute supplementary ones near it; ocellar space

not defined. Under side brownish grey, closely and somewhat

unevenly striolate; ocellus of fore wing as on the upper side, the

dark lines limiting the ocellar space widened at their junction near

the posterior angle; hind wing with three ocelli, one in the first

subcostal interspace, one in the first median interspace (frequently

without a pupil), and a geminate one near the anal angle. Expanse,

37—40 min.

24 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

Hab. Angola (Monteiro) ; Gaboon ; Zambesi (Brown) 2

in coll. Godman & Salvin; Delagoa Bay (in coll. Hewit-

son). Type in coll. Godman & Salvin.

This species may be separated at a glance from Y.

doleta by the difference in the upper side of the fore

wing; in the former the ground colour is even in tint

from the base to the ocellar area, the inner limit of

which is scarcely darker than the ground colour; in the

latter the inner limit of the ocellar area is defined by a

narrow irregular band as dark as that which limits it

beyond the ocellus.

The clasp of this species resembles that of pandocus

in its elongate and twisted form, but it is gradually

widened to its subtruncate apex; in ultimate structure

the clasp has a small oblong serrulate plate on one side

just below the apex, and the edge of the latter is serru-

late.

28. Ypthima doleta. (PI. ILL, fig. 51).

Ypthima doleta, Kirby, Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soc. (2), ii.,

p- 886 (1880).

3. Upper side pale brown, with a somewhat mottled appear-

ance, owing to the thin texture of the wings allowing the striolation

of the under side to be faintly seen; fore wing with one large bi-

pupilled ocellus, the suboval pale ocellar space as well defined

before the ocellus as beyond it, the dark line limiting it on all sides

except the costa widened towards the posterior angle ; hind wing

with one ocellus in the first median interspace, and two (or three)

minute supplementary ones near it; ocellar space limited inwardly

by a narrow irregular dark brown band, and outwardly by a dark

submarginal line, which is attenuate towards each end; the sub-

apical ocellus proper to the under side is sometimes visible on the

upper surface. Under side exactly similar to that of impuwra, save

that there is on the hind wings an indication of a narrow irregular

brown post-median band, which coincides with the dark brown

band which forms the inner limit of the ocellar space on the upper

surface. Expanse, 37—40 mm.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Foxcroft); Angola (Rogers) ;

Cameroons. In coll. Godman & Salvin; also four in

coll. Hewitson.

The clasp in this species is altogether unlike that of

impura, Which is otherwise its nearest ally.

the genus Ypthima. 25

Group III.

Species of moderate or small size; ocelli 6 in 8 pairs

in échelon, variable in size, frequently minute, rarely

absent. Fore wing of 3 always ocellate above.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

1 (10). Sex-mark distinct, or, if indistinct or absent,

clasps subequally bilobed.

2 (7). Under side of hind wing with striolation vari-

able, but always evenly distributed.

3 (6). Ground colour of under side of both wings

practically concolorous.

4 (5). Post-median dark band on under side of fore

wing more or less oblique, inclining from

the base to the apex of the wings as it passes

from the costa to the inner margin .. 29. Marshalli.

5 (4). Post-median dark band on under side of fore

wing practically straight, its inclination (if

any) near the inner margin being rather

towards the base than the apex .. 30. stellera.

6 (3). Ground colour of under side of hind wing

whitish grey, producing a hoary appear-

ance, with a single broad lad at

brown median band ae 31. zodia.

7 (2). Under side of hind wing greyish ee atria:

lation very sparse and irregular.

8 (9). Ocellus of fore wing vertical. Under side of

fore wing with the inner edge of the post-

median dark line nearly vertical. Clasp

without any upright lobe on its inner face

near the apex 8, 32. Horsfieldii.

) (8). Ocellus of fore wing oblique. Sinden side of

fore wing with the post-median dark line

oblique, joining the inner margin at a point

directly below the centre of the ocellus.

Clasp with an upright lamellar lobe on its

inner face, just below the apex .. .. 323. lewce.

10 (1). Sex-mark absent.

3 (12). Apex of clasp bluntly bilobed AD .. 34. sobrina, n.s.

2 (11). Apex of clasp simple.

1

3 (14). Under side paler; ocelli small; hind margin

of fore wing es fay concave in the

middle 5 . 35. similis, n.s.

14 (13). Under side Soe (as dane as fasciata) ; deciis

large; hind margin of fore wing even .. 36. affectata,n.s.

29. Ypthima Marshall. (Pl. I., fig. 1, la, 11).

Ypthima Marshalli, Butler, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5), ix.,

p. 3873, 1882 (sec. spec. typ.).

26 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

Y. baldus, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., ser. i11.,

vol. il., p. 286 (¢).

Y. philomela, Marsh. & de Nicé., Butt. Ind., 1., p. 216;

Leech, Butt. China, &., p 90; de Nicé., Jour.

As. Soc. Beng., lv., p. 282; sec. spec. comm.

Y. evanescens, Butler, t.c. (5), vu., p. 184 (1881).

Y. methora, Distant, Rhop. Mal., p. 56 (¢ nee 2),

Pl rvi., fie 9s

Y. Newboldi, ibid., Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5), ix., p. 396;

Rhop. Mal.” p57, Pl. iv. :fle.16) 2):

It is evident, from Hewitson’s supplementary remarks,

that he had more than one species under consideration ;

but his description of the ¢ contains all the salient

diagnostic characters of this species (except the possession

of a sex-mark), and if he had used any other name than

baldus, Fab., it must have been adopted. The name

philomela, Johanssen, or philomelus, Linné, must be

dropped altogether, as it is impossible now to determine

what insect was intended, although the probability seems

to be that it was the baldus of this paper, which is very

common in Java, from whence philomela was described.

De Niceéville’s investigation of the seasonal dimorphism

of this species proves conclusively that the dry-season

form has the ocelli on the under side of the hind wing

very much smaller than in the wet-season form; it is

also well to note that the distinctness of the dark bands

on the under side is in direct proportion to the reduction

in size of the ocelli; and it must be borne in mind that

Butler’s description of Y. Marshalli applies only to the

dry-season form. Distant’s description of methora fits

the ¢ of this insect well, but his figure is not charac-

teristic. The specimens of Y. Newboldii in the British

Museum are all Y. Marshalli, wet-season form, the type

being a ? in which the uppermost of the subapical pair

of ocelli is accidentally wanting.

Hab. Sikkim, 1—5000 ft., Bhotan, Khasias (Elwes) ;

Assam (Doherty); Bombay (Zlwes); Bengal (Minchin) ;

Akyab (Adamson); Mysore, Nilgiris (Davison); Perak

(Doherty) ; Foochow (Leech).

30. Ypthima stellera. (Pl. IIIL., fig. 45).

Hipparchia stellera, Eschscholtz, Kotzebue Reise, ii1.,

p. 216, Pl.-x., fig. 24, a, b, 2 (1821).

the genus Ypthima. 27

Ypthima stellera, Hewitson, l.c., p. 285; Semper,

Schmett. Philip., 1, p. 48; Staudinger, Exot.,

Tagf., p. 281, Pl. Ixxxiii.

i Ye sepyra iid... C...p.292, El. xviu., fig. 10 (2).

Smaller than average specimens of Marshalli, from

which it may be distinguished by the white or whitish

eround colour of the under side, and the fact that the

post-median brown band on the under side of the fore

wing is practically vertical, its inclination near the inner

margin being rather towards the base than the apex;

in Marshalli this band is always more or less oblique,

inchning from the base to the apex of the wing as it

passes from the costa to the inner margin; Staudinger’s

figure is not characteristic in this respect. The brown

bands on the under side are all more sharply defined

than in Marshalli. Sex-mark distinct. Viewed a little

obliquely, with the concavity uppermost, the clasp of

stellera appears to have each apical angle produced into

a broad, sharp, triangular tooth; in the same aspect of

the clasp of Marshalli each apical angle appears to be

produced into a subequal bluntly rounded lobe, the clasp

thus bearing a rough resemblance to a letter Y.

A & from the Philippines is abnormally small, only

expanding 28 mm., and wants the sex-mark; the latter

circumstance may be due to abrasion, but more probably

it is the result of feeble organisation.

Y. sepyra, Hew., from Gilolo Batchian (Wallace), may

possibly prove distinct; the three examples in the

Hewitson collection are distinguishable from wet-season

Marshalli and stellera by the very broad orange iris of

the ocelli, which coalesces in the case of each pair, as in

Hewitson’s figure. The insect seems to us, however, to be

more nearly allied to stellera than to wet-season Marshalli,

but the striolation of the under side of the fore wing is

close and rather regular, giving to the surface a dark

appearance, and the line bounding the ocellar space

inwardly is very indistinct.

Hab. Java saden) ; Philippines (Semper) ; Palawan ;

Davao, 8.EK. Mindanao (Platen).

31. YVpthima zodia. (Pl. 1., figs. 12, 138).

Ypthima zodia, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1871,

p. 402; Leech, Butt. China, &., p. 91, Pl. x.,

fig. 10,2.

28 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

Y. albescens, Poujade, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1885, p. xli.

(fide Leech, l. c.).

In this species there is considerable variation in the

size of the ocelli on the under side of the hind wing, but

we have seen no specimen in which any of the six proper

to the species were actually absent. The difference in

the shape of the edeagus would seem to negative Leech’s

suggestion (/.c.) that this is the vernal form of Mar-

shalli as represented in China, although it is undoubtedly

very closely allied to that species.

The typical form of this species from Ningpo is smaller,

paler, and has the brown band better defined than the

form found in Western China.

Hab. Ningpo (Pryer, Leech) ; Ichang, Ta-tsien-lo

(Pratt).

32. Ypthima Horsfieldi.

Ypthima Horsfieldii, Moore, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. liii.,

p. 18, 1884; Waterhouse, Aid, ii., Pl. 179, fig.

Becta

Y. baldus, apud Snellen ; sec. spec. comm.

Very closely allied to the following, but separable by

the characters given in the table above; of these dis-

tinctions the difference in the direction of the ocellus on

the fore wing is, perhaps, the most obvious; but the

difference in the direction of the post-median dark line

and the absence of a distinct submarginal dark line on

the under side of the fore wing is evident in many

specimens. The clasp resembles that of leuce, Doh.,

but wants the upright lamellar lobe on its inner face.

Hab. Java (Horsfield, Snellen).

33. Ypthima leuce. (Pl. I., figs. 21, 22).

Ypthima leuce, Doherty, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. lv., p.169

(1891).

gd. Upper side; similar to Marshalli, but colours brighter, and

pattern more strongly marked; in particular the irides of the

ocelli have a strong orange tint; there is also a difference in the

direction of the submarginal dark line on the fore wing, which

recedes from the hind margin as it approaches the inner margin ;

in Marshalli it continues parallel to the hind margin from the

middle to the inner margin; sex-mark very distinct. Under side:

ground colour greyish white, the striolation closer on the fore wing,

the genus Ypthima. 29

which has consequently a darker appearance than the hind wing,

the dark lines limiting the ocellar space distinct, and separately

touching the inner margin; striolation of the hind wing fine,

irregular, and sparse, becoming gradually closer and more distinct

towards the base; ocelli 6 in three pairs in échelon, variable in size.

@. Under side as in the J; upper side similar to the same sex

of Marshalli, but differs in the particulars noted above, and in the

dark line which forms the inner margin of the ocellar space being

straighter and somewhat more oblique.

Although we have in the above description compared

this insect with Y. Marshalli, the commonest Indian

species of this group, it is most nearly allied to Y. Hors-

Jieldu, Moore, from which, however, it is readily separable.

Hab. Island of Sambawa (Doherty). There are also

two specimens from the Island of Flores, standing under

the name sepyra in the Hewitson collection in the British

Museum.

34. Vpthima sobrina, n.s. (Pl. L, figs. 17, 18).

Ypthima philomela, in part, Elwes, P. Z.8., 1891, p. 267.

3S. Upper side pale greyish brown, paler in the region of the

ocelli, with a regular brown marginal band on all the wings; one

bipupilled subapical ocellus of moderate size on the fore wing, two

subanal, with another minute anal, on the hind wing. Under

side greyish white, regularly and moderately closely striolate; a

narrow submarginal dark line on both wings, and a more or less

distinct oblique post-median dark band; ocelli 6 in three pairs in

échelon. No trace of a sex-mark.

?. Larger and paler than the male, the pale irrorate ocellar

spaces on the upper side of both wings very conspicuous and

sharply defined, and the two subapical ocelli of the hind wing

appearing on the upper side.

This is so close in outward appearance to Marshalli,

that I should not have thought of separating it. It is

also very near similis on the upper side, and the female

might be referred to that species, but for the under side,

which agrees exactly with the ¢ sobrina. Like affectata,

it has no sex-mark, and the form of the clasp is dis-

tinctive.

Hab. Karen Hills, March, April (Doherty). Type in

coll. Elwes. .

30 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

35. Ypthima similis, n.s. (Pl. L, fig. 19).

Ypthima philomela or methora, in part, Elwes, P.Z.8.,

1891, p. 267.

3. Rather larger than the average of the same sex of Marshalli,

to the female of which it bears a considerable resemblance, as the

ocellar spaces on the upper side of both fore and hind wings have

that well-defined pale irrorate appearance which is proper to the

female of Marshalli and its allies; it may, however, be distinguished

by the slightly concave hind margin of the fore wing, and the form

of the clasp is very different from that of Marshalli. On the

under side it greatly resembles specimens of Marshalli, in which

the ocelli of the hind wing are of small size, with the usual con-

current indication of dark bands.

I should not have ventured to consider this as a

species, but for the distinct form of the clasp, especially

as I have the male sex only from one locality; the six

males, however, in my collection are absolutely similar.

Hab. Karen Hills, 4—5000 ft., March, April (Doherty).

Type in coll. Elwes.

36. Ypthima affectata, n.s. (Pl. 1., fig. 20).

3. Upper side similar to that of a large and dark specimen of

Marshalli, but the bipupilled ocellus on the fore wing is very much

larger, and the ocellar space, although not strongly defined in-

wardly, is distinctly pale and irrorate; on the under side the

eround colour is as dark, and the striolation is of the same

character as in fasciata, Hew.; the dark line, which limits the

concolorous ocellar space on the inner side, forms a distinct oblique

median band, but the line which should limit the outer side of the

same space (the submarginal line) is barely indicated or entirely

wanting, and an ante-median band is sometimes faintly indicated;

the hind wing has two distinct narrow bands and six ocelli placed

asin Marshalli. ‘There is no trace of a sex-mark, and the form of

the clasp is characteristic.

@. Subsimilar, but paler and generally larger.

This species is described from one male and two females,

taken by myself at Terria Ghat and Mamloo, in the

Khasias, 1500 — 38000 ft. elevation, September.

I had considered it as philomela (Marshalli) until

Edwards showed its distinctness by the difference in the

clasp, and also in the absence of a sex-mark. It is,

however, possible, that it may be the wet-season form of

the genus Ypthima. 31

similis, notwithstanding the difference in the shape of

the fore wing and clasp; the colour and ocellation of

the under side show exactly the change that similis

ought to exhibit under such climatic influences as exist

in the place and season in which affectata occurred.

Group IV.

Species of moderate size. Ocelli normally 5 (in the

type of Prattii, 4 only), but sometimes 6 by subdivision

of the anal one; in the latter case, however, the species

may always be known from those of the Marshalli group

by the anal pair being practically in line with those next

above them.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

1 (4). Fore wing of 3 with the ocellus obsolete or wanting

on the upper side.

2 (3). No submarginal dark line on under side of fore

wing ie oe we ae bts Be Ole SUNG ALAe

3 (2). Under side of fore wing with a distinct submarginal

dark line .. : .. 38. avanta.

4 (1). Ocellus well defined on both surfaces of fore wing

in both sexes.

5 (6). A very distinct post-median nearly straight dark

brown transverse line on under side of hind wing 39. striata.

6 (5). No distinct transverse nearly straight dark brown

line on under side of hind wing ..

7 (10). Inner boundary of the ocellar space on the upper

side of fore wing in the g undefined.

8 (9). Marginal dark band on upper side of fore wing in

the g , when present, not darker on its inner

edge .. ee oe dia ae .. 40. argus.

9 (8). Marginal dark band on upper side of fore wing in

the g darker and sharply defined on its inner

edge .. ee ae : = Humei.

10 (7). Inner boundary of the ocellar space on the upper

side of fore wing in the g straight, oblique, and

sharply defined .. OF se ac 36 Prattii.

37. Vpthima singala. (Pl. L, figs. 26, 26a).

Ypthima singala, Felder, Verh. zool. bot. Gesellsch.,

Xvili., 283 (1868); Moore, Lep. Cey. 24, pl. xii.,

figs. 8, 3a, ¢; Marsh. & de Nicé., Butt. Ind. 1.,

p- 230; Doh., Jour. As. Soc. Beng., lv., pt. i.,

p- 120 (1886).

Neither sex of this species is distinguishable on the

upper side from avanta, Moore, and below it somewhat

82 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

resembles argus, Butl.; it is, however, in its mere

external characters sufficiently distinct from either,

and the form of its clasp is perfectly characteristic.

Under side greyish white; the striolation fine, even, and

rather close, closer on the fore wing than on the hind ;

the @ (in our specimen) with a faint indication of a dark

marginal band, and a distinet oblique post-median dark

line; ocelli 6 in three pairs, the uppermost of the sub-

apical pair very small in proportion to the one next to it,

the middle pair subequal and of moderate size, the anal

pair very small and geminate; the middle and subanal

pairs practically in line.

The g specimen to which the above remarks refer was

kindly sent to us as singala, Feld., by Mr. de Nicéville,

and we have also examined a ¢ specimen from Kumaon

in which the form of the clasp is identical with our

figure.

Hab. Bholahat (Irvine) ; Ceylon (Mackwood) ; Kumaon

(Doherty).

Y. thora, Moore (Lep. Cey., p. 24, pl. xi.., figs. 4, 4a),

of which we transcribe the description below, is said by

Mr. de Nicéville to be a synonym of singala, Feld., and

in this opinion Mr. Hampson concurs :—

‘‘Male. Upper side brown. Fore wing with a prominent sub-

apical bipupilled ocellus. Hind wing with a small indistinct sub-

anal ocellus. Under side cinereous, numerously covered with

short delicate brown strige. Fore wing with a very indistinct

discal and marginal band; ocellus prominent. Hind wing with

five very minute ocelli disposed in linear order.’”’-—Moore, J. c.

There is a single specimen in the Godman and Salvin

collection, from Malewoon, Tenasserim, which we have

been unable to identify with any known species, and of

which we have figured the clasp under the provisional

name of Hume (Pl. IIL, fig. 46). It has considerable

resemblance to avanta, and has a well-defined sex-mark.

It may be a form of singala like thora, but we have not

been able to examine the genitalia of that form, and the

clasp of the present specimen differs as shown from that

of singala.

The following are the distinctive characters of the

specimen in question :—

the genus Ypthima. 33

3d. Allied to argus and avanta, but distinct from either in the

form of the genitalia, and in the more pointed fore wing; it agrees

with the former on the upper side, save that it has a well-defined

wide dark marginal band on the fore wing, and a dark submarginal

line on the hind wing ; on the under side it agrees well with certain

of our specimens of avanta with small ocelli, but the dark bands

are entirely wanting. Viewed with the concavity uppermost, the

clasp appears to have each apical angle slightly produced to form a

broad rounded-triangular lobe, and from the apex of one of these

lobes a vertical plate runs inwards and downwards for a distance

about equal to half the width of the apex of the clasp.

38. Ypthima avanta. (Pl. I., fig. 27).

Ypthima avanta, Moore, P.Z.8., 1874, p. 567; Marsh.

& de Nicé., Butt. Ind., i., p. 218, pl. xvii., fig. 66,

3 (ordinatarecte avanta) ; Waterhouse, Aid, vol.ii.,

pl 179, tig: 6.9%

In the wet-season form of this species the ocelli on the

under side of the hind wing are five only, the anal

bipupillate, but in the reduction which takes place in

the size of these ocelli in the dry-season form the anal

ocellus is more or less completely broken up into two.

The female is lighter in colour than the male, and has

the ocellus on the upper side of the fore wing well

developed; it may, however, be distinguished from its

allies by the presence of the narrow dark bands on the

under side.

Hab. N.W. Himalayas from Kashmir to Kulu (John-

ston, G. Young); Kangra (Hocking); Naga Hills (Doherty),

one pair only; Upper Burmah, Tenasserim (Watson) ;

Changyang, Ichang, C. China (Leech); Hong Kong

(Pryer).

Y. ordinata, Butl. (P.Z.8., 1880, p. 148, pl. xv., fig. 3),

is sometimes quoted as a synonym of this species, but

the type of the former in the British Museum possibly

represents a distinct species, or may be what is called

thora; it seems to bea 3, although the determination

of this point is rendered difficult by the fact that its

body has been replaced with shellac, with its apex next

the thorax; assuming, however, that it is really a 3,

it may be distinguished from avanta by the possession of

an ocellus on the upper side of the fore wing, and the

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1893,—PART I. (MARCH.) D

34 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

want of dark bands on the under side of the hind wing.

The figure which accompanies the original descriptions

of ordinata does not represent the specimen which bears

the type-label in the British Museum.

39. Ypthima striata. (Pl. L., figs. 23, 24).

Ypthima striata, Hampson, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., vol.

lvil., p. 849 (1888).

Under side white, rather sparsely striolate ; ocellar space of fore

wing nearly concolorous, subtriangular, and open both to the costa

and the inner margin, bounded on each side by a well-defined

narrow dark brown band; hind wing with a narrow nearly straight

well-defined brown post-median band, and in some specimens,

particularly of the #, there is a trace of a narrow curved ante-

median brown band, and the subanal series of ocelli stand on a

brown band.

Hampson, l. ¢., points out that the dry-season form of

the $ has a slight patch of dense scales on the median

nervure of the fore wing, of which there is no trace in

the wet-season form, and, moreover, that the former has

the ocellus of the fore wing very small and indistinct

above.

Hab. Nilgiri Hills, 8500 ft. (Hampson).

“The wet-season form occurs commonly at about

3000 ft. on the southern slopes of the Nilgiris in August,

and the dry-season form in December and January. On

August 25th of this year (1888)—one in which there has

been hardly any rain on that side of the hills—I took at

5000 ft. a single male with no trace of the patch of dense

scales on the fore wing, which also had no trace of an

ocellus; the under side darker,—the colour of Y. mahratta,

Moore,—the fascize of both wings indistinct as in the dry-

season form, the ocelli on the under side of the hind wing

even smaller and more separated.

‘The disposition of the ocelli and general appearance

of the two forms is the same, as also that of the single

male above described; and I believe them to constitute

one species, which I suspect to be the one mentioned as

Y. singala from Kumaon, and Y. thora from Ganjam, by

Mr. Doherty, J. A. 8. B., 1886, vol. lv., part ii., No. 2,

p- 120. The species is allied to, but quite distinct from,

Y. singala and thora, which I suspect are two forms of

one species.” —Hampson, I. c.

the genus Ypthima. 35

40. Ypthima argus. (Pl. IL., fig. 28).

Ypthima argus, Butler, Jour. Linn. Soc. Zool., ix.,

p- 56 (1866); Leech, Butt. China, &c., p. 90

(philomela, var.).

Y. baldus, Fab., apud Ster., Elwes, P.Z.S., 1881,

p- 904; Staudinger, in Rom. Mem., vi., p. 202

(1892).

Mr. Leech treats this as a variety of philomela (Mar-

shalli), but gives no reason for this, and we must con-

sider it a perfectly distinct species, which appears to be

confined to North-eastern Asia and Japan, where it is

very common. Staudinger says the Japanese form is a

variety with paler under side, but the difference is very

trifling.

A specimen from Hakodadi (Whiteley) in coll. Godman

and Salvin wants the ocellus in the second median inter-

space on the right side, and has it merely indicated by

a faint yellow spot on the left side.

Hab. Japan (Pryer, Leech, éc.); Amurland (Graeser,

cc.) ; Corea (Leech).

A specimen from Ichang in Mr. Leech’s collection is

very puzzling, and, judging from the clasp alone, which

we have figured under the name of Pratti, Pl. IIL,

fig. 55, would be a distinct species. It has most re-

semblance to argus, but the upper ocellus of the middle

pair is absent, though on the proper right side there are

some scales, which make us think that the specimen is

an abnormal one in which the spot is absent. If, how-

ever, others should be found in China showing that this

is a normal specimen, we should be unable to treat it as

a variety of any known species. On the upper side it

differs from any specimen of argus that we have yet seen

in that, being a male, it has on all the wings a dark

marginal band of which the inner edge is sharply defined,

and the ocellar space sharply defined on both wings.

In order to facilitate the recognition of similar speci-

mens, a detailed description of this insect is given below.

3. Upper side brown; fore wing with a wide dark marginal

band; the pale irrorate ocellar space subtriangular, reaching from

the costa to the inner margin, its inner edge straight, oblique ;

sex-mark wanting; ocellus large, well-defined, bipupilled; hind

wing with a wide dark marginal band, separated from the actual

p

36 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

margin by a pale line, the pale irrorate ocellar space broad and

band-like, its inner edge irregular; a large unipupillate ocellus in

the first median interspace, a minute one just below it, and another

small one faintly indicated in the second subcostal interspace.

Ground colour of the under side whitish grey; fore wing with the

inner edge of the ocellar space bounded by an oblique, elongate-

triangular brown band, widest on the inner margin; outer edge of

the ocellar space bounded in the lower half by a brown curved

line, which starts from the posterior angle, and becomes evanescent

about the middle of the hind margin; from the base of the wing to

the oblique band the striolation is closer; hind wing with the

striolation moderately close and rather irregular, with a faint trace

of an irregular median yellow-brown band coincident with the

inner edge of the ocellar space on the upper side; ocelli 4, 2 sub-

apical and 2 subanal, the anal one bipupilled Expanse, 46 mm.

Group V.

Large species, about 50 mm. Ocelli five or six.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

—

(4). Ocelli 6, in three pairs; anal pair geminate.

(3). Under side pale brown, striolation close; no

ante-median dark band on under side of fore

wing. No sex-mark Se : .. 41. methora.

3 (2). Under side whitish grey, suablabion sparse ; an

ante-median dark band on under side of fore

wing. Sex-mark distinct ac .. 42. savara.

4 (1). Ocelli 5; anal one bipupilled, aly ever

divided into two.

. Sex-mark present.

. Amore or less distinct post-median dark band on

under side of fore wing.

7 (8). Under side greyish white ; striolation fine, even,

and moderately close, distinctly sparser in the

bo

co Or

—

—~r

oS

—~—

ocellar areas; dark band indistinct .. .. 43. Dohertyi.

8 (7). Under side darker, striolation coarser and un-

even; dark band very distinct .. a .. 44. conjuncta.

9 (6). No dark post-median band on under side of fore

Wing; an indistinct pale post-median band on

under side of hind wing .. S5 5c .. 45. methorina.

10 (5). Sex-mark absent.

11 (12). Subapical ocelli barely touching, not geminate. persimilis.

12 (11). Subapical ocelli perfectly geminate - .. 46. sakra,

the genus Ypthima. 37

41. Ypthima methora. (Pl. IL, fig. 29).

Ypthima methora, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond.,

ger. ili., vol. ii., p. 291, pl. xviii., fig. 20 (1864) ;

Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 326,

nec Elwes, P.Z.S., 1891, p. 267.

g. Upper side similar to Dohertyi, but in some examples

darker and warmer in tint; no trace of a sex-mark. Under side

pale brown, closely, evenly, and finely striolate, a feeble oblique

yellow-brown post-median band, and a. narrow submarginal line on

fore wing, and a post-median dark band on the hind wing; ocelli

on the latter six in three pairs, small or large.

@. On the under side like the gf, on the upper similar to 2

Dohertyi, but with the ocelli on the hind wing less developed.

The specimens with large ocelli, taken in the rainy

season, are darker in colour than the dry season form,

and in one 3, not otherwise aberrant, the ocellus of the

fore wing is exaggerated to afford room for a third

minute pupil below the normal two.

Two of the three specimens in the Hewitson collection,

one of which is marked N. India and the other Darjeeling,

are this species; the third is Dohertyi, Moore.

Hab. Sikkim, British Bhutan, 3000 ft., Feb.—Sept.

(Elwes) ; Khasias, 3000 ft. (Elwes).

42. Ypthima savara. (PI. IL., fig. 30).

Ypthima savara, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5),

xx., p. 267 (1887).

Y. methora, pt. Elwes, P.Z.8., 1891, p. 267.

3. Upper side similar to Dohertyi, Moore, but rather greyer ;

the general pattern has a blurred appearance, the sex-mark is

much more extensive, and the ocellus of the fore wing has one

pupil; but there is frequently a slight upward extension of the

black part of the ocellus, and sometimes this extension bears a

minute point of silver scales. Under side greyish white, striola-

tion very fine and sparse, somewhat closer on the fore wing, which

bears three dark bands, one straight, ante-median, scarcely reaching

the costa, one post-median, oblique, not reaching the costa, and

widened considerably towards the inner margin, and one sub-

marginal, commencing near the posterior angle, and becoming

evanescent at the level of the second median nervule or there-

abouts ; ocellus bipupilled ; hind wing with three dark bands, two

nearly straight, ante-median and post-median, and one submar-

ginal, which bears the ocelli, and is widely interrupted between the

38 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

subapical and subanal series of the latter; ocelli six, of rather

small size, the four in the subanal series not so completely out of

line as in Marshalli.

@. Similar to the 3 below, on the upper side resembling the

same sex of Dohertyi; ocellus of fore wing bipupilled.

The above description was written before it was known

to us that the insect was already described, and, as it

gives more detail than the original description, it has

been allowed to stand.

Hab. Karen Hills, 2500 ft., March, April (Doherty) ;

Shan Hills (Manders); Tilin-yaw, Burmah (Watson).

43. Ypthima Dohertyi. (Pl. II., fig. 31).

Ypthima Dohertyi, Moore, Lep. Ind., ii., p. 65, pl. 108,

figs. 1, la.

Y. methora, Elwes, P.Z.S., 1891, p. 267, in part,

DE xevit i tig. dard -

3. Upper side greyish brown; both wings with a brown mar-

ginal band, that of the fore wing subequal in width throughout,

that of the hind wing narrower and unequal, and separated from

the margin by a pale line; fore wing with a large rather blurred

bipupilled ocellus, limit of the ocellar space not defined inwardly,

sex-mark very distinct ; hind wing with five ocelli, and frequently

a minute supplementary anal one; the pale ocellar space well

defined inwardly. Under side greyish white, evenly and mode-

rately closely striolate ; the ocellar areas well defined, paler by

reason of the sparsity of the striolation, that of the fore wing sub-

triangular, that of the hind wing fasciiform ; ocelli as on the upper

side.

@. Under side like the #; upper side the same, except that the

pale irrorate ocellar spaces are very conspicuous and sharply

defined, and the marginal dark band of the fore wing is separated

from the actual margin by a pale line. Expanse, § 54, 2? 54—

60 mm.

The ¢ of this species is recognisably figured on

pl. xxvii. of Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1891, but the yellow

tint of the ground colour of the under side of the fore

wing should have been omitted, since it is really non-

existent.

Hab. Karen Hills, 4—5000 ft. (Doherty).

This species had been described by ourselves as mar-

ginata, but on learning from Mr. Moore that he had

the genus Ypthima. 39

already figured, though not yet published it as Doherty,

we have adopted his name to avoid a synonym.

44, Ypthima conjuncta. (Pl. IL., fig. 32).

Ypthima conjuncta, Leech, ‘Entomologist,’ xxiv.,

Suppl., p. 66 (1891); Butt. China, &c., p. 82,

Dik se St 2.

In its typical form this species is easily separable by

the characters given in the table above, but it shares

with methorina a tendency in certain individuals to recede

more or less from the type; the form of the clasp, how-

ever, will distinguish it from methorina and picta.

Hab. Kiukiang, Omei-shan, Ta-tsien-lo (Pratt).

45. Ypthima methorina. (PI. II., fig. 33).

Ypthima methorina, Oberthur, Etud. d’Ent., xv., p. 15,

pl. ii., fig. 15 (1891) ; Leech, Butt. China, &c.,

p- 88.

The ¢ differs from Dohertyi, on the upper side, in the

darker brown colour, and in the ocellar space of the

hind wing not being appreciably paler than the re-

mainder ; on the under side of the hind wing the indi-

cation of an irregular whitish band just before the sub-

anal series of ocelli, and just beyond the subapical pair,

is said to be characteristic. We have seen no female

of this.

Y. methorina differs from methora by having a distinct

sex-mark, by the coarser striolation, and a whitish band

on the under side.

Hab. Kweichow, Ta-tsien-lo (Pratt, Biet.).

We have a pair of specimens from Mao, Manipur,

7000 ft., marked by Doherty methora? and methora

var. ?, which we cannot identify with any other species.

Though they come extremely close to methora in appear-

ance, yet the clasp is exactly similar to that of Dohertyt.

As we have no other species of this group from the

same neighbourhood, we are inclined to think it may be

a distinct species, in which case it may be called per-

sumilis.

The following is a detailed description of these speci-

mens :—

40 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

3S. Upper side brown, the ocellar regions but little paler than

the remainder ; an ill-defined brown submarginal band; ocellus of

fore wing moderate in size, unipupillate ; hind wing with two sub-

anal ocelli, the upper much the smaller, and one anal minute.

Under side pale brownish grey, somewhat darker by reason of the

coarser striolation towards the base of the wings; faint traces of

an oblique post-median dark band on the fore wings; ocelli on the

hind wing five, the anal one large and bipupilled; the ocellus of

the fore wing bipupilled. Clasp similar to that of Y. Dohertyi

(Pl. IL., fig. 31).

9. Under side like the §. Upper side also similar to the 3,

but the ocellar spaces are rather paler and faintly irrorate, and the

ocellus of the fore wing is bipupilled.

We are not at present able to say whether these

apparently different forms of Ypthima, which seem to be

so localised, are really confined to the limited areas from

which alone at present we know them ; restricted, how-

ever, as they seem to be to the higher ranges, it is possible

that the intervening tracts of lower country act as a bar-

rier to their extension and interbreeding, and thus tend

to produce variations which, however slight, cannot be

overlooked, if constant. The attention of collectors and

travellers in these hill ranges cannot be too closely

directed to such apparently trifling points as these, and

therefore we have felt justified in giving provisional

names in the hope that further light will be thrown

upon them.

46. Ypthima sakra.

Ypthima sakra, Moore, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep.

H. I. C.,1., p. 286 (1857) ; Hewitson, Trans. Ent.

soc. Lond., ser. 11., vol. u.,, p. 290) pliaxwne,

fig. 18; Marsh. & de Nicé., Butt. Ind., i., p. 232,

plxvites 1.107, 3

Y. nikea, Moore, P.Z.S., 1874, p. 567; Marsh. & de

Nicé., l.c., p. 282; Waterhouse, Aid., i1., pl. 179,

fig. 8,72".

Well distinguished from its immediate allies by the

constant yellowish ground colour of the under side; the

gemination of the two subapical ocelli on the under side

of the hind wing also occurs in methorina and conjuncta,

but in the two latter the g has a sex-mark as in

Doheriyi, a feature which is invariably absent in sakra.

Clasp similar to that of Y. Dohertyi, Pl. IL., fig. 31.

the genus Ypthima. 41

One of the commonest and most easily recognised

species in the Himalayas, from the North-west to Bhutan.

It occurs during most of the year, and is found usually

at elevations of about 4—7000 ft. in the forest.

We have seen no indications of a tendency to lose the

ocelli, except in a S from Bhutan and a ? from Ber-

nardmyo; but in both these the ocelli, though smaller

than usual, are quite distinct. Specimens from Murree

(niked) are usually smaller and paler coloured than those

from the East, but true sakra also occurs in the North-

west Himalayas.

Hab. N.W. Himalayas (G. Young, Marshall, cc.) ;

Nipal, Sikkim, Khasia (Hlwes, éc.) ; Nagas, Bernardmyo

(Doherty).

Group VI.

Rather large species, characterised by the great ob-

liquity of the large suboval bipupilled ocellus on the

fore wing.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

1 (4). Under side of hind wing distinctly striolate.

25(8). Ocella4 ~~. at a Be ae St sea ienCUnis:

3 (2). Ocelli3d .. of Er EX hs ki .. 48. iris.

4 (1). Under side of hind wing brown with a purplish tinge,

with a wide irregular post-median band of a some-

what darker tint, bounded by a distinct darker line,

which is faintly yellowish inwardly .. oC .. 49. Beauter.

47. Ypthima ciris.

Ypthima ciris, Leech, ‘Entomologist.’ xxiv., Suppl.,

p. 4 (Jan., 1891); Butt. China, &c., p. 85, pl. x.,

LEO

Y. clinia, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., xv., p. 16, pl. i,

fig. 18 July, 1891).

Easily recognised amongst all the species known to us

which have four ocelli only on the under side of the hind

wing, by its superior size, and the very large bipupilled

subapical ocellus on the under side of the hind wing,

which is nearly twice as large as any of the others on the

same wing.

Hab. ‘Ta-tsien-lo (Biet) ; Western China, generally

distributed (Leech).

42, Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

48. Ypthima wis.

Ypthima iris, Leech, ‘Entomologist,’ xxiv., Suppl.,

p. 57 (June, 1891); Butt. China, &e., p. 84.

Y. dromonides, Oberthur, EKtud. d’Ent., xv., p. 15,

pl. u., fig. 14, g (July, 1891).

This large and well-marked species may be readily

distinguished in the group having three ocelli only on

the under side of the bind wing, by the extreme obliquity

of the large bipupilled ocellus of the fore wing.

Though we have at present no recorded cases of seasonal

variation in this group, it seems to me that dromon, Ob.,

which I only know from his excellent figure, may be a

dry or cold season form of iris, in which the ocelli are

almost obsolete. Its habitat also strengthens this view,

as I have previously remarked that seasonal variation

does not exist in China to the same extent as in India

(cf. P.Z.S., 1891, p. 267, note).

Hab. Waz-su-kow, Ta-tsien-lo, 5—8000 ft.. W. China

(Pratt, Biet); Tse-kou, Yunnan (Delavay).

49, Ypthima Beautet.

Ypthima Beautei, Oberthur, Etud. d’Ent., ix., p. 18,

pl. u., fig. 1 (1884); Leech, Butt. China, &c.,

p- 85.

A true Ypthima, with the under side almost that of an

Hrebia, although two subapical and three subanal ocelli

are generally indicated on the hind wing by black points.

On the upper side it greatly resembles Y. ciris, Leech,

but has normally only one subanal ocellus on the hind

wing.

Hab. Ta-tsien-lo, West China (Biet, Pratt).

Grove VII.

Under side of hind wing with an elongate-triangular

pale post-median transverse space, which is widest on

the costa. Ocelli four (or, by gemination of the anal

one, five), one on the pale space in the first subcostal

interspace, and three (or four) gradually increasing in

size, standing on a dark band, in a line from the anal

angle.

the genus Ypthima. 48

TABLE OF SPECIES.

1 (2). Pale post-median space on under side of hind

wing greyish white ar - Se . 50. chenwi.

2 (1). Pale post-median space on under side of hind

wing but little paler than the adjoining parts 51. ypthimoides.

‘

50. Ypthima chenu.

Satyrus chenu, Guérin, in Deless. Souv. Voy. Ind.,

pt. ii, p. 77, pl. xxi., figs. 2, 2a (1848).

Ypthima chenu, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

ser. ili., vol. il, p. 285.

Y. chenui, Marsh. & de Nicé., Butt. Ind., i., p. 228;

Hamps., J. A. 8. B., lvii., pt. 2, p. 850 (1888).

The male of this well-marked species is a little darker

in colour than the 2, but the difference between the

sexes in point of size is inappreciable. ‘The sex-mark is

wanting in the g, as supposed by Marshall and de

Nicéville.

Hab. Nilgiri Hills, 5—7000 ft. (Hampson, Davison) ;

Arnamalai Hills (Davison).

51. Ypthima ypthimoides.

Callerebia ypthimoides, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1881, p. 307.

Ypthima Robinsoni, Distant, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5),

x., p. 406.

Y. ypthimoides, Marsh. & de Nicé., Butt. Ind., i.,

p- 280.

This very distinct species resembles chenwi in_ the

number and situation of the ocelli on the under side of

the hind wing, but that surface is usually dark brown,

and the striolation is only apparent on the pale portions.

Hab. Palnai Hills (coll. Oberthiir) ; Arnamalai Hills,

S. India, 4—7000 ft. (Hampson, Davison) ; Travancore,

3—4000 ft. (Fergusson).

Grover VIII.

Seven ocelli in a continuous row on a dark band.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

1 (2). g with a sex-mark. Size larger Pe AF .. 52. fasciata.

2 (1). Sex-mark wanting. Size smaller .. 5¢ .. 53. ttonia,

44 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

52. Ypthima fasciata.

Ypthima fasciata, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

ser. iii., vol. ii., p. 287 (1864); Distant, Rhop.

Mal., p. 420, fig. 122.

The continuous series of ocelli on the under side of the

hind wing separates this insect from all the described

species except itonia, Hew., which lacks the three dark

brown bands on that wing-surface. Distant, J. c., has a

capital woodcut of Y. fasciata.

ie Perak, Borneo (Doherty) ; Sumatra (fide Hewit-

son).

53. Ypthima ttonia.

Ypthima itonia, Hewitson, l. ¢., p. 287, pl. xviil., fig. 18

(1864).

Resembles the last species in the continuous series of

ocelli, but is distinguished by its smaller size (exp. 30—

35 mm.), and the want of a sex-mark in the dg.

Hab. Lower Niger (Forbes), Angola (Monteiro), Zam-

besi (in coll. Godman &: Salvin), Fernando Po (coll. Hew.).

Group IX.

Large species, with the facies of Callerebia; normal

striolation absent from the under surface of the hind

wing.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

1 (2). No trace of ocelli. Under side of hind wing

brown, with a broad irregular pale grey post-

median band, narrowest in the middle, and

joined on the abdominal margin to a blotch of

the same colour, which occupies the lower half

of the base of the wing .. a Ma .. 54. megalomma.

2 (1). Ocelli 2 or 3.

3 (4). Under side of hind wing whitish, with a broad

ill-defined olivaceous band from the middle of

the outer margin, which unites on the disk with

a similar band passing from the costa to the

inner margin oe St ae ae .. 55. tnsolita.

4 (3). Under side of hind wing brown, with a broad

suffused whitish grey band occupying the discal

third oe 50 as Se Sc .. 56. Vinsont.

54. Ypthima megalomma.

Ypthima megalomma, Butler, Cist. Ent., 1., p. 236

(1874); Leech, Butt. China, &c., p. 86, pl. ix.,

fig, 2. 3°.

the genus Ypthima. 45

A large and handsome species, with the facies of

Callerebia and the neuration and genitalia of Ypthima.

Hab. Shanghai (Pryer) ; Ichang, Chang-yang, Central

China (Pratt).

55. Ypthima isolita.

Ypthima insolita, Leech, ‘Entomologist,’ xxiv., Suppl.,

p- 66 (Sept., 1891); Butt. China, &c., p. 86, pl. ix.,

hos Vg.

May be easily recognised by the pattern and colour of

the under side of the hind wing. Expanse, 56 mm.

Hitherto a rare species, known only from three male

specimens.

Hab. Wa-ssu-kow, W. China, 5000 ft.; June (Pratt).

56. Ypthima Vinson.

Ypthima Vinsoni, Guenée, Vinson’s Voyage a Mada-

gascar, &c., Annexe F’., p. 39 (1865).

Erebia rakoto, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., vii., p. 30 (1870).

3d. Upper side brown; fore wing with a broad dark marginal

band, darker on its inner edge; ocellus well defined, bipupilled ;

iris orange-red ; sex-mark distinct ; hind wing with a faint narrow

dark submarginal line and two ocelli, one each in the first and

second median interspaces, unipupillate, irides orange-red. Under

side: Fore wing brown, suffused with whitish grey at the apex;

ocellar space paler than the disk; ocellus as on the upper side.

Hind wing brown, with a broad suffused whitish grey band

occupying the discal third; ocelli two, minute, one in the first

subcostal and one in the first median interspace.

Hab. Madagascar.

We have not been able to examine the genitalia of this

insect, but its neuration is Ypthimoid.

GRouP X.

Ocelli three. Under side of hind wing wholly or in

part pure white, the white portion absolutely devoid of

striolation.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

1 (4). Under side of hind wing for the most part

pure white.

2 (3). Under side of hind wing with a brown streak

along the costa from the base °° .. -. 57. corynetes,

46 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

3 (2). Under side of hind wing with the basal third

brown .. A aS a ue ae .. 58. Batesii.

4 (1). Under side of hind wing brown, with a white

elongate-triangular band, narrowest on the

costa .. be ae Ai Ae 36 .. 59. excellens.

57. Ypthima corynetes.

Satyrus corynetes, Boisduval, Voy. Deleg., ii., p. 594

(1847).

Strabena corynetes, Grandidier’s Madagascar, p. 36,

pl. viii., figs. 6, 7.

Ypthima niveata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5), iv.,

p. 229. !

So. Under side of hind wing pure white, with a narrow basal

streak along the costa, a patch in the region of each ocellus, and a

marginal line, brown. Ocelli three, one subapical, and one each in

the first median interspace and at the anal angle. Ocellar space

on under side of fore wing triangular, pure white. There is appa-

rently no sex-mark, but the specimen examined (the type of niveata,

Butl.) is rubbed.

Hab. Natal (sec. Boisduval; not noticed, however, in

Trimen’s ‘South African Butterflies’); Madagascar (Loy).

58. Ypthima Batesir.

Ypthima Bates, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep., ili., p. 486,

pl. Ixvii., figs. 10, 11 (1867).

d. Under side of hind wing for the most part pure white, with

the basal third, a patch in the region of all the ocelli, and the hind

margin narrowly and irregularly, brown; ocelli three, one sub-

apical, and one each in the first and second median interspaces;

ocellus on upper side of fore wing well defined ; sex-mark distinct.

Hab. Madagascar (Kingdon, Deans Cowan).

59. Ypthima excellens.

Ypthima excellens, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag., xxi., p. 198.

g. Under side of hind wing brown, with a pure white elongate-

triangular band, which is narrowest on the costa; ocelli three, one

subapical, one in the first median interspace, and a bipupilled one

at the anal angle; sex-mark distinct.

Hab. Madagascar (Deans Cowan).

the genus Ypthima. AT

The following four species present so many points of

divergence from the preceding groups, and from each

other, that they might reasonably be taken as the types

of separate groups of equal value to the others.

60. Ypthima Watsoni. (PI. fe his. 25).

Ypthima Watson, Moore, Lep. Ind., ii., p. 89, pl. Cxlil.,

figs. 4, 4a.

Y. philomela, part, Elwes, P.Z.8., 1891, p. 267.

gS. Upper side: Fore wing pale greyish brown; the pale irro-

rate ocellar space limited, except on the costa, by a dark line,

which scarcely reaches the inner margin; a narrow double mar-

ginal dark line ; ocellus large, subcircular, bipupilled ; no trace of

a sex-mark. Hind wing pale greyish brown to just beyond the

middle, where that colour is limited by a dark line, thence to the

hind margin dirty whitish, closely irrorated with fuscous; a narrow

irregular submarginal dark band, and a fine double marginal dark

line; one well-defined unipupillate ocellus near the anal angle,

frequently with traces of another very minute one below it. Under

side: Fore wing sordid yellowish grey ; normal striolation fine,

sparse, and even ; the ocellar space concolorous with the rest of the

wing, but limited by a yellow-brown line; hind margin narrowly

yellow-brown. Hind wing concolorous with the fore wing, but the

striolation is exceedingly fine and sparse; three narrow irregular

yellow-brown bands, one before and one just beyond the middle,

the third submarginal and attenuate at each end; ocelli three,

indicated by silvery punctiform spots, narrowly margined with

black; hind margin with a fine double grey line. Expanse,

42 mm.

@. Similar, but larger and paler. HExpanse, 47 mm.

Hab. Karen Hills, 4—5000 ft., March, April (Doherty).

Resembles Marshalli in the colour and pattern of the

upper side, but has only three ocelli on the hind wing

below.

This ig one of the forms which I had previously been

unable to define by the external characters, though I

have now better grounds for doing so. Besides two

males and a female in my own collection, there is a male

in the British Museum, taken in the Karen Hills in

April by Dr. Watson.

48 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

61. Ypthima bolanica.

Ypthima bolanica, Marshall, Marsh. & de Nicé., Butt.

Inds} 231:

This species may readily be distinguished from all its

congeners by the three ocelli in the subapical series on

the under side of the hind wing.

As far as at present known, it is confined to the arid

tracts of the Trans-Indus, and may extend into Balu-

chistan and Afghanistan.

Hab. Bolan Pass (Swinhoe), Attock (Yerbury).

62. Ypthima bera.

Ypthima bera, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv., p. 107.

3g. Upper side brown; fore wing with a large round bipupilled

ocellus; ocellar space but little paler than the disk, suboval, angu-

larly produced to a point a little below the second median nervule,

and limited by a well-defined dark line; a dark submarginal line ;

sex-mark wanting; hind wing with a dark submarginal line and

two unipupillate ocelli, one each in the first and second median

interspaces. Under side brownish grey ; fore wing with the ocellar

space much paler than the disk, its boundary line and the sub-

marginal line as on the upper surface, but more sharply defined ; a

faint brown line across the apical third of the cell; hind wing with

the pale ocellar space limited by a sharply defined irregular brown

line, which starts from the costa, and is continued round the anal

ocellus to the costa again; a sharply defined brown submarginal

line, and a brown median line from the costa to the base of the

first median nervule; ocelli five, unipupillate, one (the largest) in

the first subcostal interspace, one (the weakest, and evidently liable

to disappear) in the lower disco-cellular interspace, one each sub.

equal in size in the median interspaces, and one near the anal

angle. Expanse, 40—44 mm.

Hab. Lake Nyassa (Simons, Cotterell). In coll. God-

man & Salvin and B. M.

63. Ypthima albida.

Ypthima albida, Butler, P.Z.8., 1888, p. 59.

3g. Upper side silvery bluish white, the hind margin and ocellar

region of the fore wing, and hind margin of the hind wing, brown ;

ocellus of fore wing indistinct on upper side, a little more distinct

the genus Ypthima. 49

below ; hind wing with one indistinct subanal ocellus above. Under

side brown, striolation not visible; hind wing with three small

ocelli, one subapical, one in the first median interspace, and

one anal.

Hab. Central Africa (Emin Pasha). In coll. B. M.

The following is a list, so far as we can make out, of

all the described species of Ypthima not otherwise dealt

with in this paper :-—

Y. sakalava, Saalmuller, Ber. Senck. Ges., 1877—8,

pp. 79, 80.

Madagascar.

Y. lewcobensis, ibid., l.c.

We can find no mention of either this species or the

preceding in their author’s work on the Lepidoptera of

Madagascar, published under date of 1884.

Y. micrommatus, Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xiv.,

pli, figs 3.

Hainan.

‘“* Upper surface grey ; anterior wing witha very small black sub-

apical ocellus pupilled with blue, and surrounded by a narrow circle

of pale ochraceous; posterior with two subanal ocelli, like that on

the anterior wing. Under side paler than the upper, with the sub-

apical spot of the primaries much larger than on the upper surface.

This spot is oval in form, with two blue spots on the black ground,

and a broad ring of yellow surrounding it. Two bands of brown

across the anterior wing; posteriors with six exceeding small

ocelli, four near the anal angle, two near the external angle. ? like

the g, except that there is but one small ocellus upon the upper

surface of the secondaries. Two g,one ? in coll. Holland. Exp.

13 inch.” —Holland, l.c.

The figure above cited represents an insect with three

subapical ocelli in a line, of which two are in cell 6, and

one in cell 7; and four in a linear subanal series, of

which two are in cell 1c, and one each in cells 2 and 3;

but on calling Dr. Holland’s attention to the discrepancy

between the description and the figure, he informed us

that the description is correct and the figure incorrect ;

the ocelli are really mere points, and placed four in the

subanal series, and one each in cells 5 and 6.

TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1893.—PART I. (MARCH.) E

50 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

Y. jocularia, Swinhoe, P.Z.S., 1889, p. 396.

Mahableshwar, near Bombay.

3. Upper side that of a pale Hiibneri, but the distal third of

the hind wing is faintly suffused with dirty whitish before the

irregular dark marginal band. Under side dirty greyish white,

with pale greyish brown striolation, which is sometimes sparser or

wanting on the distal half of the hind wing; fore wing with a

faint oblique post-median dark line, and a faint submarginal dark

line arising in the posterior angle, and obsolescent in cell 3 or

thereabouts; hind wing with a faint irregular submedian dark

line, which is angularly produced outwardly on vein 5 or there-

abouts; ocelli punctiform, small, or wanting ; clasp similar to that

of kasmira and ceylonica (Pl. I., figs. 6, 8).

?. Similar to the g, but larger and paler. Expanse, 36—40 mm.

This insect might easily be passed over as one of the

pale extremes of the cold weather form of Hibneri ;

the form of the clasp, however, shows that it has really

nothing to do with Hiibneri, but is more probably an in-

teresting case of an incipient species which has made

some little progress in a course of colour variation from

kasmira to ceylonica, or vice verséd (but at present much

nearer the former), since the form of its clasp is practi-

cally identical with that of either of those species. The

feeble pale suffusion on the upper side of the hind wing is

appreciable in the majority of specimens, though wanting

in some, and rather less evident in the female. We are

indebted to Col. Swinhoe for lending us his cotypes, and

furnishing us with specimens for dissection. Some

misapprehension with regard to this species has been

caused by the fact that its author distributed a small

pale form of Marshalli under the MS. name of jocularia,

’ and afterwards published the latter name in connection

with the insect above described. This species is not in-

serted in its place, which would be between kasmira and

ceylonica, as we had not the opportunity to examine

authentic specimens until after this paper was in type.

Y. tamatave, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madagascar,

pl. 8, figs. 6, 7 (Satyrus) ; Hewitson, Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., ser. iii., vol. ii., p. 293.

This insect, which is from Madagascar, is probably

not an Ypthima; if it is, it may be distinguished by the

the genus Ypthima. 51

shape of the fore wing, which has the apical angle pro-

duced as in the genus Kallima.

Y. Austeni, Moore, Lep. Ind., ii., p. 69, pl. cix.,

figs. 8, 3a.

Khasia and Naga Hills, Lushais, and Upper Burmah.

“Allied to sakra, but has pale outer-discal fasciz on

under side ; strongly marked in the @ .’’--Moore, in litt.

Y. dromon, Oberthir, Etud. d’Ent., xv , p. 15, pl. i,

fig. 12 (1891).

Chiefly differs from the same author’s Y. dromonides,

l.c., fig. 14 (= iris, Leech) by the reduction in the size

of the ocelli, which, in the case of those on the under side

of the hind wing, almost reaches vanishing point.

Tsé-kou, Yunnan.

Y. clinioides, Ob., l.¢., p. 16.

According to its author, this species bears the same

relation to Y. clinia, Ob. (=ciris, Leech) as Y. dromon,

Ob., does to iris, Leech (dromonides, Ob.).

Oberthir figures (Etudes d’Ent., xv., pl. i1., fig. 17),

under the name of EH/pinephele phania, an insect from

Yunnan, which has for us all the appearance of an

Ypthima, and is possibly the true Y. amphithea of Méné-

tries; but see p. 17, ante.

Y. norma, Westw., Gen. Diurn. Lep., pl. lxvii,

fig. 1 (1851).

The types of this species in the British Museum seem

to be distinguished from asterope by the absence of the

ocellus on the hind wing above, and the different

character of the striolation of the under side; but we

think it highly probable that an examination of the $

genitalia would show a structural distinction, as it is

difficult to believe that a species so characteristic of a

desert fauna as asterope, which does not occur in the

Indo-Chinese region, should reappear in China, the

specimens labelled ‘‘China, coll. Kaden,” in coll. God-

man & Salvin, referred to p. 12, ante, notwithstanding.

Hab. Foochow (Lay).

EQ

52 Messrs. H. J. Elwes and J. Edwards on

With this species in the British Museum collection is

a specimen from Java, and another from Amboyna, to

both of which the above remarks will apply, though they

have the ocellus, which is wanting in the type.

Y. argillosa, Snellen, Tijdsch. voor Ent. xxxv., p. 133

(1892).

This species is compared by its author with Y. aphnius,

Godt., from which it is said to be distinguished by the

want of an orange band or spot on the upper side of the

hind wing. Under side of hind wing with six ocelli, the

two largest in cells 2 and 3, two smaller in cells 5 and 6,

and two, very small, in cell la. Expanse, 30—32 mm.

Described from one male and two females taken in Java

by Piepers.

We gather from the description that the sex-mark is

very distinct in the male of this species, but we much

regret that our very limited acquaintance with the

Dutch language prevents us from doing justice to this

author’s descriptions both of this species and the next.

Y. nigricans, id., t.c., p. 135.

Compared by its author with Y. pandocus, M., from

which it seems only to be distinguished by its smaller

size and darker colour, in which latter particular it

resembles Y.loryma, Hew. Expanse, 32—37 mm. De-

scribed from five males from West Java (Buitenzorg,

Mr. Piepers; Zandbai, Dr. van Bemmelen). It appears

to fly in May, whilst pandocus is taken by Piepers in

April, and it is considered by its author not to be a

seasonal form of the latter.

Mr. Hampson has been good enough to allow us the

free use of a box of Ypthimas belonging to him, which

have been submitted to Mr. Moore, and labelled by the

latter with the names under which they will appear in

his ‘ Lepidoptera Indica.’ There are many species, and

with regard to all except the two mentioned below Mr.

Moore’s views agree with our own :—Ordinata: of three

$ specimens thus labelled, two are certainly singala and

avanta respectively, as proved on dissection by the form

of the clasps, and the third is also singala. Howra;

the genus Ypthima. 58

seven specimens standing under this name are jocularia,

Swinh., as we have proved by the dissection of two

males.

As noted at p. 9, ante, we identify howra with

Hiibneri by the figure in Waterhouse’s ‘ Aid’ (ii., pl. 179),

and that figure certainly does not represent the external

characteristics of jocularia.

Iie 5 1

EXPLANATION OF PuATEs,

PLATE I.

Tegumen of Y. Marshalli, from above; 1a, ditto, from

the side.

- Tegumen of Y. nareda, from above.

. Tegumen of Callerebia narasingha, from below; 8a,

ditto, from the side.

. Clasp of Y. asterope.

np Y. Hiubneri.

op Y. kasmira.

2 Y. egregia.

Fe Y. ceylonica.

if Y. wnica.

np Y. wndecora.

Y. Marshalli.

. Gideagus of Y. zodia.

. Clasp of the same.

. Gideagus of Y. endecora.

. Clasp of Y. baldus.

. Gideagus of Y. baldus.

Bp Y. sobrina.

. Clasp of Y. sobrina.

. Clasp of Y. similis.

‘3 Y. affectata.

os Y. leuce.

. Gideagus of Y. lewce.

. Clasp of Y. striata.

. Gideagus of Y. striata.

. Clasp of Y. Watsoni.

a Y. sengala ; 26a, ditto, from the side.

3 Y. avanta.

54 The genus Ypthima.

PLATE II.

Fic. 28. Clasp of Y. argus.

29. 3 Y. methora.

30. a Y. savara.

31. 9 Y. Doherty.

82. - Y. conjuncta.

33. on Y. methorina.

34, - Y. Motschulskyi.

35. is Y. obscura.

36. BS Y. multistriata.

37. 7 Y. perfecta.

38. fe Y. pandocus.

39. od Y. lycus.

40. fe Y. nareda.

41. es Y. fusca.

42. ie Y. newara.

43. PH Y. chinensis.

PLATE III.

Fic. 44. Clasp of Y. granulosa ; 44a, apex of ditto, from the side;

446, similar aspect of apex of clasp of Y. asterope.

45. Clasp of Y. stellera.

46. ip Y. Hume.

47. S Y. prenubila.

48. 2 Y. impura.

49. n Y. arctous.

50. 3 Y. loryma.

51. . Y. doleta.

52. re Y. sordida.

58. 7. Y. inutans.

54. BS Y. stmplicia.

55. ap Y. Pratt.

Gp y09y.°)

Il. The effects of temperature in the pupal stage on the

colouring of Pieris napi, Vanessa atalanta, Chry-

sophanus phloeas, and Ephyra punctaria. by

FREDERIC MERRIFIELD, F'.E.S.

[Read December 7th, 1892. ]

Puate LV.

I wish to premise that nothing approaching to the

amount of variation one would find in large collections

can be expected as the result of these temperature

experiments. In such collections we find the results of

a combination of different causes, including individual

tendencies to sport, and they contain selections from

thousands of individuals of different broods and from

different localities, the object of most collectors being

to assemble the most abnormal specimens they can meet

with. My object, on the contrary, has been to obtain

sets of individuals naturally as much alike as possible,

so as to make sure that any changes were the results of

the different temperature conditions applied; and to

secure this natural invariableness I always, where it was

possible, obtained a set from the same parents. Not-

withstanding all the consequent limitations in result, I

think there are some varieties, plainly attributable to

temperature, among the specimens I exhibit this even-

ing, that would be noticed in any cabinet.

Let me further remark that when in the course of this

paper I speak of certain of my artificial temperatures as

corresponding with the temperature of certain seasons

or countries, | am well aware that the correspondence is

in some cases incomplete. Natural temperatures are so

fluctuating that it is difficult to imitate them artificially,

but I do not think the difference in this respect is for

my purposes an important one, for in many instances I

have used both artificially equable, and naturally fluc-

tuating temperatures, and in these cases I have in-

variably found that a fluctuating temperature produced

results similar to those obtained from an equable

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1893 —PaRTI. (MARCH.)

56 Mr. F. Merrifield on effects of temperature

temperature corresponding to the mean of the fluc-

tuating one.

Again, in reference to the known English mean tem-

peratures of the spring and summer months, it must be

borne in mind that these are shade temperatures, and

are below, and under certain circumstances of exposure

or absence of cloud considerably below, those to which

objects exposed to both sunshine and shade under natural

conditions would be subjected.

In the experiments hereafter described, the pup were

exposed to the different temperatures in nearly all cases

within a day or two, and often within a few hours, after

pupation. The pupal period in which the temperature

has been found to be in general most effective as regards

the colouring is that which intervenes between the

central inactive stage and that in which the colouring

of the imago begins to be perceived in the pupa.

P. napt.—It is well known that this species is season-

ally dimorphic, the most so of the three British species

of Pieris. Professor Weismann (‘ Studies in Heredity,’

by Professor Meldola) has recorded some experiments

upon the summer brood, the result of which was that by

exposing the pupa for a period of three months to a tem-

perature of about 33° F. it was converted into the spring

form, and, as might have been expected, my results are

in general accordance with his, but with some difference

of detail, more particularly in relation to the temperature

during the latter part of the pupal stage, a point to

which no particular importance seems formerly to have

been attached.

Mr. Vine sent me, on the 20th May last, a pair taken near

Hailsham. They paired once or twice afterwards, and eggs to the

number of 32 were laid on a potted plant of Cardamines, on which

the larve were fed. These hatched in about a week, and 31 pupated

from the 19th to the 28th June. Four pupe were placed at 90°,

these emerged in 6 days; four more were exposed to the tem-

perature of the room, averaging about 67°, and three of them

emerged in from 12 to 13 days, one going over till next spring.

There is no considerable difference between these two lots, which

I shall therefore class together as 7 brought out at a high summer

temperature. The remaining 23 were placed at 33° for from three

to four months, and then divided, 12 being exposed to a tempera-

ture averaging 54°—about equal to the shade temperature of an

on the colouring of Pieris napi, ce. De

English May ; of these all but 4, which have ‘“ gone over’’ to the

spring, emerged in from about 36 to 40 days (with one exception,

which was a few days more). The residue of 11 that had been

iced, were placed at about 80°, and all but 3, which have ‘“ gone

over,’ emerged in from 6 to 10 days. None were in any way

crippled.

We thus have for comparison, individuals of the summer

brood of three classes, viz.—(1) placed throughout at a high

summer temperature; (2) first exposed to a severe artificial

winter of 3 or 4 months, and then exposed to an artificial spring

of 5 or 6 weeks; (3) first exposed to the artificial winter, and

then to a high summer temperature for a week or ten days, with-

out any intermediate spring. Class 1 was of course of the usual

form of the summer emergence. A comparison of it with Class 2

shows that the effect of the artificial winter and spring on these

pupx, belonging naturally to the summer form, was to bring out

most, but not all, of the characteristics of the spring form, thus—

on the upper surface the greater suffusion, but less intensity of

dusky colouring, especially along the nervures, and particularly in

the females, and the characteristic colouring of the dark parts, viz.,

grey instead of dark brown; on the under surface, faintness of the

spots on the forewings, the strong marking of the nervures of

all the wings, and the stronger colouring of the yellow tinted

parts.

In Class 3, 2.e., those exposed to a hot summer temperature

immediately after a winter one, all these characteristics are notice-

ably less, especially the faintness of the spots on the under surface

of the fore wings, but with one remarkable exception—that the

nervures, especially on the hind wings, are more strongly marked

than in either of the two other classes, the greater strength of the

marking, however, being attributable more to the darkness of it

than to an extension of its area.

The only general remark I will make on these results

is that I think the experiments prove that some, but not

all, of the characteristic colouring of this species de-

pends, not on the particular emergence, i.e., summer or

spring, to which the insect when entering on the pupal

stage belongs, but on the temperature to which the indi-

vidual pupa is exposed. I have nearly 90 pupe naturally

belonging to the spring emergence on which I shall

experiment during the approaching winter and spring,

and may then perhaps have some more definite conclu-

sions to bring forward.

58 Mr. F. Merrifield on effects of temperature

It will have been observed that no less than 8 out of

31 of those P. napi which entered the pupal stage (7.e.,

more than a fourth) had made their election, if I may

use the expression, to belong to the spring emergence.

This spontaneous splitting of a brood into the two emer-

gences 1s a common occurrence (attributable, as I

believe, generally to individual congenital causes), with

many double brooded species, and notably with P. napi.

Professor Weismann records (‘ Studies in Heredity,’ by

Meldola, pp. 39, 40) that a whole brood of his went over

in this manner, and thinks this may have been owing

to the mechanical motion to which they were subjected

in a seven-hour railway journey, but I should question

whether the occurrence was not rather to be ascribed to

a congenital tendency happening in his case to affect all

the individuals of the brood; in other species I have

often known a whole brood go over in this way. His

statement that the butterflies from eggs laid by the

spring emergence of P. napi under ordinary circum-

stances always emerge in the summer, generally in

July, of the same year, is I think not in accordance

with the experience of many English collectors. Mr.

Hawes informs me that of a large brood he had, more

than half went over to the spring.

VY. atananta.—This is an insect which generally varies

but slightly in appearance, and from which I should

not have expected such results as have been in fact

obtained.

I collected more than 100 larve with a few pup between 24th

August and 16th October last. About 15 per cent. died from

having been attacked by parasites.

My first temperature divisions were as follows :—

(1) At between 80° and 90°; these all emerged in 6 days.

(2) At the room temperature, 62° to 69°, averaging about 64° ;

these emerged in 18 to 19 days.

(3) In a cellar at an equable temperature of about 56°; emerging

in about 34 days.

(4) In a cool place out of doors, at about 51° to 64°, averaging

54° oriess; these emerged in 44 days.

(5) In the refrigerator, averaging about 45° by day, and in the

room by night, averaging about 58°; 51° being about the general

average, and the insects emerging in about 40 to 50 days.

Classes 2, 8, and 4, ¢.¢., those at temperatures from about 54° to

on the colouring of Pieris napi, ce. 59

64° corresponding with such temperatures as may be met with in

English summers, do not greatly differ inter se, but Class 1 at 80°

to 90° differs appreciably from them.

Class 1, compared with Classes 2, 3, and 4. On the wpper

surface the black is not really black, but slightly suffused with

golden brown, so as to give it a rusty look, and the scarlet bands

are broad. At the three lower temperatures the black is intense,

the scarlet band narrower, with a greater tendency to be broken

up into parts on the fore wings and to be invaded by black scales at

the anal angle in the hind wings; all the colours seem more in-

tense, the intensity, I think, slightly increasing as between the

3 classes with the lowering of the temperature, and there is cer-

tainly with this lowering an increased development of the lavender-

gray submarginal broken band. On the wnder surface of the fore

wings of 2 out of the 12 at 90° a new small scarlet spot appears

between the scarlet band andthe inner edge. On the under surface

of the hind wings of those at the three lower temperatures there

is an even stronger intensification of colouring than on the upper

surface, and especially of the dark colouring. The ground colour

of the hind wings is decidedly much darker than in those at the

higher temperature. On the other hand, the light parts are de-

cidedly lighter and more strongly marked in those at the lower

temperature. The chief of these light parts are—(1) a conspicuous

cream coloured spot, something like a figure of 8 with the upper

loop much the larger; this spot becomes more dense and con-

spicuous, and the loops have a tendency to be filled up and to

spread along the costa, so as to give the spot a triangular form.

(2) a light ochreous cloud near the middle of the hind margin.

This becomes lighter and more strongly marked, and light cloudy

markings begin also to appear near the centre of the hind wings.

These effects on the under surface of the hind wings mostly

increase with the progressive lowering of the temperature.

In Class 5 there is no great difference on the upper surface, the

scarlet being, however, a little deeper in hue, but on the under side

of the hind wings the effects of the low temperature are visibly

enhanced—the creamy spot becoming denser and increasing in its

tendeney to spread along the costa, and the light cloudings be-

coming more marked and increasing in area, and even appearing

in additional places. A few of these individuals show slight indi-

cations of suffering from the temperature.

Class 6. A sixth lot was kept wholly in the refrigerator at about

45° (corresponding with the latter part of an English November)

for from 82 to 47 days, and then brought into various tempera”

tures ranging from 90°, at which they emerged in 6 days more to

60 Mr. F. Merrifield on effects of temperature

the temperature of the room, ranging from 48° to 63°, averaging

about 55°, at which they emerged in from 34 to 19 days more,

making in all from 40 to 70 or more days. Here the invasion of

black on the wpper surface has made greater progress, the scarlet

band on the fore wings being narrowed and invariably broken

up into several parts, and approaching carmine in colour, and

there is a tendency, which in 8 specimens out of 7 is very strongly

marked, for the white and lavender scales to spread soas to diffuse

the edges of the white spots and to dust the black parts in patches

with lighter scales. The blue at the anal angle of the hind wings,

which is usually confined to one or two spots, in some of this class

extends, but in a minute degree, and as lavender rather than blue,

to nearly all the small black spots on the marginal scarlet band,

and in two, but mostly so in the one figured (Fig. 5), there is on

the extreme margin a row of minute blue or lilac spots alternating

with minute marginal black spots on the fringe. On the under

surface the tendency to spread is stronger, the metallic blue

inverted U near the costa of the fore wings is scattered into a

shapeless form, and the conspicuous “ figure of 8”’ spot on the

costa of the hind wings becomes an elongaged whitish cloud, in

two specimens extending along the whole of the costal margin; the

other light parts of the hind wings are lighter and more spread.

The light colouring of the hind margin forms a broad ochreous

marginal band, and is in several cases divided by a submarginal,

well-defined darker line parallel with the outer edge, this line

being in one case of a deep or tawny orange hue; and the whole

of the central area of the hind wings has a blurred or clouded

effect, produced by a suffusion of lilac scales dusted over the

surface.

Those exposed to this low temperature (45°) for less than 45

days, though their colouring is much affected by it, do not seem

to have suffered in vigour, but most of those exposed to it for longer

periods died or were crippled.

Next, some experiments were tried by icing the pupe, %.e.,

placing them at a steady temperature of 33°. The result was un-

certain. Little or no effect seems to have been produced on their

colouring or markings by thus icing them for 47 days or less, and

then exposing them to an ordinary summer temperature, though

in many cases such icing caused death or crippling. I have one

specimen iced 47 days, and then exposed to a temperature of 50° to

60°, when it emerged in 23 days more, making in all 10 weeks,

and it is not to be distinguished from normal specimens. Of two

iced 46 days, and then placed at an average temperature of 54°, and

emerging in 29 days more, making in all nearly 11 weeks, one has

on the colouring of Pieris napi, Lc. 61

the scarlet band on the upper wings clouded with a whitish yellow

colour, and that this is the result of temperature is shown by the

other of the two, which exhibits a trace of the same colouring.

There is also a tendency to yellowness of the scarlet band on the

hind wings in some of those which are more or less crippled.

The results with V. atalanta may be summed up as

follows :—

I. At 90°, pupal period 6 days (Fig. 3). Upper

surface.—The black is rusty, the scarlet is of wide area

and bright. Under surface.—The ground colour of the

hind wings is brown, not dark brown, the light parts not

very light. In two a new scarlet spot appears between

the scarlet band on the fore wings and the inner edge.

II. At 64° to 51°, period 18 to 50 days (Fig. 4).

Upper surface.—The black is intense, the scarlet rather

deeper in colour and narrowed. Under surface. Ground

colour of hind wings dark brown, light parts lighter.

IIT. At 45°, period 47 to 32 days, and then at various

temperatures from 90° to an average of 55°, emerging

in from 19 to 34 days more (Figs. 5 and 5a.) Upper

surface.—F urther invasion of scarlet by black, scarlet band

further narrowed and broken up, and of a hue approach-

ing carmine; spread of white and lavender scales over

black parts, edges of spots diffused ; minute blue or lilac

spots on orange marginal band of hind wings increased

in number. Under surface.—Great increase in lightness

and area of light parts; diffusion of edges of spots

and of some markings, and appearance of some new

markings.

The results obtained by extreme and protracted cold

i.e., 45°), though probably such as would rarely be met

with in nature, seem to me exceedingly interesting —

first, as proving by this extreme case that the less marked

intermediate results are caused by temperature; and

secondly, because, owing to the great change in marking

and colouring which they exhibit, especially on the

under side of the hind wings, they may, it seems to me,

possibly throw some light on the evolution of the mark-

ings in the Vanessas. This difference of appearance in

these extreme cases is so great that I think if some of

the insects could be seen in the resting position, 7.e.,

showing only the under side of the hind wings and the

62 Mr. F. Merrifield on effects of temperature

comparatively uncoloured tips of the fore wings, they

would be taken as belonging to different species.

I may here make a general observation on the minute

white spot on the scarlet band which has been the sub-

ject of some discussion. About one in four of mine

shows this spot or traces of it on the upper surface ; the

whole of them—over 60 in number—show it or faint

traces of it on the under surface. Its existence does not

seem dependent on temperature.

Hibernating stage of atalanta.—This species is well

known to hibernate in the perfect condition, coming

out in May or June, and then pairing and laying its

eges on nettle, the larve being found through July and

August, and the fresh butterflies from them appearing

through the latter part of August and September, and

being seen as late as October or even November, and

then going into winter quarters. Mr. Scudder states

that in the south of Hurope and in the southern part

of the United States it has two or three broods, and that

even in the northern States some pup of a second

brood hibernate, and the butterflies emerging from

them mingle with the butterflies which have hibernated.

My experiments rather confirm the ordinary opinion

that in England none hibernate as pupe, though I have

no doubt many of the butterflies of the summer emer-

gence pair and lay eggs, resulting in butterflies which

emerge in the late summer or autumn and hibernate,

for I have found young larve as late as 16th October,

and I have now a pupa from one which did not pupate

till 16th November. But of all the pupez which I sub-

jected to a low temperature none have yet survived more

than about 11 weeks. My last perfect specimens emerged

26th and 27th November.*

C. pHumas.—I have been for some time desirous of

experimenting on this species, because it is known that,

while not considered materially affected by the great

difference in temperature between a summer and a winter

in Central Europe, it is apparently affected by the some-

what higher temperature of Southern Europe, the

summer emergence having there a tendency to be suf-

** Note of 3lst December. I subjected about thirty to winter

conditions, some placed out of doors shortly after pupation; all

these have died.

on the colouring of Preris napi, de. 63

fused with dusky scales; an example of this is figured

in Weismann’s work before quoted.

By the kindness of friends, Mr. Fletcher and Mr. Nicholson, I

was last spring supplied with some living specimens of the butterfly,

which laid eggs on dock and sorrel, and from them I had more

than 70 pup, which proved exceedingly healthy. Ten of these

were forced at 85° and 10 at 80°, all emerging in from 6 to 73 days.

There is little difference between these two lots, which are remark-

able for the large size of the spots, and the comparative dul-

ness of the colouring, the black parts being less intense, and the

coppery parts especially having a slightly brassy appearance, and

being in most cases more or less suffused with dusky scales,

especially towards the bases of the fore wings, and often on the

nervures; the coppery band on the hind wings is also narrow

and broadly serrated. Six were brought out at the temperature

of the room, averaging about 70°,—fairly representing an English

summer temperature,—emerging in 11 to 15 days. These are

noticeably different—the colours are more intense, the dark parts

blacker, the coppery parts more vivid, and the spots smaller.

Another lot of 6 was placed in a cool and shady place out of

doors, the temperature averaging about 58°, 7.e., about the mean

shade temperature of the latter part of May, and emerged in from

22 to 80 days; these show a slight further increase in the bright-

ness of the coppery parts, especially towards the bases of the

fore wings, the spots are, I think, still smaller, and the coppery

band on the hind wings is broader. Another lot, of 10, was

placed in a cellar at a uniform temperature of about 56°, emerging

in from 29 to 33 days; these are very similar to those last men-

tioned. Six more were placed in the refrigerator at about 47°,

representing the shade temperature of the earlier part of an English

April, from which they evidently suffered, for only 3 emerged, in

from 57 to 59 days, and one of these is unsymmetrical, one wing

having a rather silvery hue; these 3 show a still further advance

in the lightness (but not in the brightness) of the coppery parts,

and certainly in the breadth of the coppery band on the hinder

wing.

More were kept at a temperature of 33° for about 10 weeks,

and then brought into a temperature averaging about 55°, thus

representing winter conditions followed by spring, and emerging

in from 34 to 36 days more—i.e., in all about 15 weeks. About

half died or were crippled. In those which emerged all the effects

of the low temperature are seen in their extreme—the light colour

of the coppery parts, the reduced size of the spots, one or two of

64 Mr. F. Merrifield on effects of temperature

which have almost disappeared, and the breadth and conspicuous-

ness of the coppery band on the hind wings, which ceases to be

serrated, though the coppery scales are often prolonged along the

nervures from the band towards the base of the wings. I tried a

further experiment with some iced at 33° for 9 or 10 weeks, which

I consider sufficiently proves that the dusky suffusion is, at least

to some extent, the effect of a moderately low temperature extend-

ing over some of the later pupal stages. Six of those iced for

about 10 weeks were transferred at once to a temperature of 90° ;

these all emerged in from 5 to 6 days, and it will be seen that they

have most of the features of those that were never at a lower tem-

perature than 80° to 90°, and especially the suffusion of the bases

of the fore wings with duskiness, and the reduced size of the cop-

pery band on the hind wings. The contrast in colouring between

the last two lots, the only difference between them in treatment

being that, both having been long iced, one lot emerged at 55°

while the other emerged at 90°, is noticeable.

The only individuals which seemed at all injured by the tem-

perature applied were those at 47°, and those which after long

icing were placed at about 55°. Mere icing for 10 weeks did not

seem at all injurious.

I will summarise the results as follows :—

I. At 80°—90°. Representing a very hot continental

summer temperature (Figs. 1 and la). Emerged in 6

days. Spots large, not sharply defined ; dusky suffusion

of fore wings.

II. At about 70° (English summer temperature).

Emerged in 11 to 15 days. Spots smaller, copper

colour more vivid, black more intense.

IIl. At about 56° to 58° (rather cool summer or

late spring temperature). Hmerged in 22 to 23 days.

Copper colour still more vivid; copper band on hind

wings broader. .

IV. At about 45° (temperature of cold spring).

Emerged in 57 to 59 days. Effects intensified.

V. At 38° for 10 weeks, then at 55° for 5 weeks (winter

and spring temperatures) (Figs. 2 and 2a). Extreme

effects produced, especially in smallness of spots and

breadth of the coppery band on hind wings.

VI. At 38°, then 90° for 6 days (winter, immediately

followed by very hot summer). Re-appearance of dusky

suffusion and of narrowness of copper band on hind

wings.

on the colouring of Pieris napi, ce. 65

It seems to follow that in this species the principal

effects on colour, &c., are produced not by long exposure to

severe cold, but by exposure, during the period when the

active part of the pupal stages has begun, to (1) great

heat, producing duskiness, or (2) moderate cold, pro-

ducing vividness and intensity of colouring in both the

coppery and the dark parts, smallness of spots, and

great enlargement of the copper band on the hind

wings.

These experiments show, I think, that the difference

in appearance between phlwus from Southern Europe

and phleas from England is not necessarily to be attri-

buted to the existence of races of different colouring,

but may be owing to the difference between the tempera-

tures to which the individuals are exposed in the two

climates.

My results show an interesting parallelism with those

produced, apparently by corresponding natural differences

of temperature, in the American copper, hypophleas,

which nearly resembles phlwas in appearance. In this

species Mr. Scudder remarks that the spring individuals

[2.e., those which emerge in the colder weather] are of

a more fiery red, and the orange band on the under sur-

face of the hind wings is broader ; while in later broods

(t.e., those emerging in the hot American summer] the

markings are less vivid and less distinctly marked. He

adds that there is a longer tooth on the margin of the

hind wings; this feature appears to exist in a slight

degree in my phlwas brought out at a high temperature;

the orange band on the under surface of the hind wings

is in all mine very inconspicuous. I am indebted to

Mr. Frohawk for the observation that the markings on

the under sides of all the wings are considerably stronger

in those exposed to the high temperature than in those

at lower temperatures, and in those. at the lowest

temperature the spots on the fore wings are much

reduced in size, and on the hind wings are almost

obliterated.

HPHYRA PUNCTARIA.—This species is well known for its

seasonal dimorphism.

Mr. Fletcher sent me a female taken in the New Forest, which

reached me 4th June last, with from 140 to 150 of its eggs,

which were just hatching, and from which I have bred 113 moths,

besides 7 pup which have gone over till next spring. 21 of these

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 18938.—PaRT I. (MARCH.) F

66 Mr. F. Merrifield on effects of temperature

moths were from pupx at about 90°, emerging in from 4 to 5 days;

22 at the temperature of the room, about 70°, emerging in from

10 to 11 days; 17 in a cellar ata regular temperature of about 56°,

emerging in 22 to 27 days; 18 in the refrigerator at a temperature

averaging 45°, and emerging in from 57 to 70 days. In all the

lots there was a preponderance, generally a large one, of females.

There arenot many differences in appearance between those at

90° and those at 70°, the chief ones being that those at the lower

temperature are rather more sprinkled with dark scales, giving

them the appearance of a slightly darker ground colour, and that

all the markings are also slightly darker ; both generally show the

“inner” line as well as the ‘‘central” and “outer” lines; and,

in both, nearly every specimen, male and female, shows very con-

spicuously the blotches usual with the summer emergence between

the outer line and the margin; in those at 90° all but one are thus

blotched, in those at 70° all but about 4. Coming to those brought

out at 56°, there is a slight increase in the dark ground colour, the

central line has become conspicuously darker, and the disappear-

ance of the blotches has made further progress, only 7 or 8 indi-

viduals out of 17 showing them. Passing on to those at 45°, the

ground colour is again slightly darker, and the central line darker

still, while the blotches have disappeared, leaving indeed very

faint traces in about 3 out of 18.

A large number were kept in ice at 33° for three months, and

were then placed out of doors (being in cold weather brought in-

doors), the temperature averaging about 54°, and the moths

emerging in from 36 to 42 days more; these are very like those

brought out at 56° without icing; only 4 out of 20 are blotched,

and these but faintly.

Of those iced at 33° for 3 months, 19, placed at 87°, emerged

in from 5 to 7 days. These are remarkable for a near return

in appearance to those which were never at a lower temperature

than about 90°—in general lightness of colour, owing to the sparse-

ness of dark sprinkling, and in the reappearance of the blotches,

14 of the 19 being blotched, some conspicuously so.

I may add that on the under sides most of these effects may be

faintly traced.

None seem to have suffered in any way from the temperature

except those at 45°, nearly a quarter of which died or were crippled.

To sum up. We have in H. punctaria a gradual

disappearance of the submarginal blotches, increase of

dark sprinkling, and intensification of the central line,

as the temperature is lowered from 90° through 70°,

on the colouring of Pieris napi, ce. 67

and 56° to 45°. A temperature of 33° seems to suspend

the physiological changes without much, if any, other

effect, for those which were thus iced for over 3 months

and then exposed for from 5 to 7 days to a high tem-

perature, closely resemble in appearance those exposed

to a similar temperature without having been iced at all.

FEixpLANATION oF Puate LY.

Fies. 1 and la. C. phlewas, at 80°—90°, emerging in 6 days.

2 and 2a. C. phleas, at 83° for 10 weeks, then at 55°,

emerging in 5 weeks more.

3. V. atalanta, both sides, at 90°, emerging in 6 days.

4. V. atalanta, under side only, at about 45° to 58°, emerg-

ing in 40 to 50 days.

5 and 5a. V. atalanta, at 45° for 42 days, then at about

48° to 63°, emerging in 19 days more.

F 2

Pare sy n

AIA ’ iva

Ae es

Colas

Gout)

III. On the phylogenetic significance of the variations

produced by difference of temperature in Vanessa

atalanta. An Appendix to the preceding paper.

By Dr. Freprrick Aucustus Drxry, M.A., M.D.,

Fellow of Wadham College, Oxford.

[Read February 22nd, 1893. ]

Mr. Merrirretp has kindly invited me to express my

opinion as to the bearing of the variations produced by

differences of temperature in his specimens of Vanessa

atalanta on the question of the race-history of the

Vanessas. Iam strongly disposed to think that further

data are necessary before very much light can be thrown

on the subject from this source; nevertheless, certain

conclusions seem possible from the remarkable series

so carefully reared by Mr. Merrifield under accurately

recorded conditions of temperature, and perhaps a brief

note on the subject may be not devoid of interest, even

at the present stage of the enquiry.

For the purposes of this note, I divide Mr. Merrifield’s

specimens of V. atalanta that I have seen as follows :—

A. Reared from pupe at a temperature of 80° to

90° F. 10 specimens. (Fig. 3).

B. Reared at ordinary temperatures. 10 specimens.

C. Reared from pup at about 54° to 56°. 10 speci-

mens. (Fig. 4).

D. Reared from pupe at 45°. 7 specimens. (Figs. 5

and 5a).

Both A and D exhibit features which appear to be

ancestral, together with other features which would seem

to be the direct result of temperature conditions, or at

least to have no assignable phylogenetic import. Al-

though both A and D show indications of reversion, the

ancestral marks are different in the two cases. The

specimens grouped as C do not differ very greatly from

the normal, but are in most respects intermediate be-

tween B and D.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—part I. (MARCH.)

70 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

Ancestral marks produced at high temperatures (A).

(1). The presence of a scarlet patch on the under |

surface of the fore wing between the first median nervule

and submedian nervure (in two specimens).

(2). The increased width of the scarlet band on the

fore wing, and the tendency in some cases of its inner

margin towards resolution.

(83). The somewhat diminished intensity of the scarlet

of the fore wing.

(4). The suffusion of the dark portion of the wings

with golden brown.

In all these respects the specimens of A approach

P. callirrhoé, which is, in my view, an older and less

specialised form than V. atalanta (Trans. Ent. Soe.

Lond., 1890, p. 128, and note). The scarlet patch (1) is

undoubtedly identical with a light-coloured area, between

the spots distinguished as Il. 8 and III. 8, which is met

with on both surfaces of P. callirrhoé, and is present in

a more ample form in other members of the group

(ibid., Pl. IlI., figs. 88, 40, 41, representing V. poly-

chloros, A. levana, and P. carye respectively).

Ancestral marks produced at low temperatures (C and D).

(1). The presence, in some specimens, of blue or

lavender centres to the black submarginal spots of the

hind wings.

(2). The presence, in two specimens, of minute groups

of blue scales near the margin of the dark portion of

the hind wing, indicating the centres of another series

of spots (the series distinguished as III., well seen in

G. c-aureum and P. gonerilla, ibid., Pl. I., fig. 25).

(3). The presence, in two specimens, of marginal blue

on the hind wing.

With regard to (1), it is clear that the tendency is

for the blue centring to increase as the temperature

diminishes. Thus (to use the system of nomenclature

proposed by the writer, loc. cit.) IV. 15 is, of course,

universally blue-centred ; IV. 14 is blue-centred in one

of A, five of B, eight of C, and all of D; moreover, five

of the seven specimens comprising the latter group have

blue centres to other members of IV. as well. The

remarkable specimen of D figured (fig. 5) has IV. 12 to

significance of the variations, &e. rel

15 undoubtedly blue-centred in each hind wing. Reasons

for considering this a character that belonged to the

earliest members of the Vanessa group may be found in

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 97, et seq.

The marks referred to above under (2) are exceedingly

minute, but still certainly visible in a fair light. They

occur in only one of group D. In this insect the right

side has III. 10 to 14, and perhaps 15, the left side III.

10 to 14, indicated by very minute patches of blue scales,

somewhat like the rudimentary ocellus in V. w, but

even smaller. One specimen of the intermediate group

C has similar indications of III. 12 to 14.

The marginal blue (8) is in all probability an extension

of the blue often seen on the marginal side of the large

blue-centred spot IV. 15 in normal specimens of V.

atalanta, and appears to represent that survival of the

original bluish ground colour which is visible in A. niphe

close to the margin, and especially at the anal angle of

the hind wing, externally to those remains of the ground

colour from which are developed the blue centres of IV.

(ibid., p. 101).

To other characters seen in specimens of C and D,

such as the remarkable alterations in the under side of

the hind wing, and the suffusion of the fore wing with

- white and lavender scales, I am not able to assign any

phylogenetic import.

A fair proportion of the effects of both heat and cold

thus seem to point in the direction of reversion to an

older form than the normal V. atalanta. But what is

especially noticeable is—that in the first case (that of

heat) the form approached is P. callirrhoé, a very near

relative of V. atalanta ; while in the second case (that of

cold) the approach is to a still more ancestral form,

such, indeed, as may be supposed to be the common

progenitor of Vanessa, Pyrameis, Hypanartia, and Grapta.

General Observations.

Is it possible that a disturbance of natural temperature

conditions, whether in the direction of heat or cold, can

produce in a monomorphic species a tendency towards

reversion? Mr. Merrifield’s experiments seem to go

far towards answering this question in the affirmative.

It need hardly be pointed out that Weismann’s results

with A. levana and P. napi, as also Edwards’s with

72 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

P. ajax (all many-brooded species) are interpreted by

the former author in a like sense. ‘l'hese results, how-

ever, are confined to the artificial production of the

oldest of several still extant forms of the same poly-

morphic species ; whereas Mr. Merrifield’s experiments

with a monomorphic and not very variable insect seem

to have revived forms of the species older than any now

extant.

The possibility that exposure to greater heat as well

as cold may induce reversion is alleged by Weismann

(‘Studies in Theory of Descent,’ ed. Meldola, 1882,

vol. i., p. 87). But that features so revived should be

entirely distinct in the two cases, although ancestral in

both, is, so far as I am aware, a quite new and un-

expected result.

It would seem that unless the whole alteration in

these cases is the direct consequence of temperature

conditions, which is unlikely, we must admit the possi-

bility that a greater or less degree of atavism may be

induced by disturbing conditions; the point to which the

species ‘‘throws back” being controlled by the nature of

the disturbance. Mr. Merrifield’s experiments with the

double-brooded S. illustraria (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1890, p. 131, &c.) appear to indicate that the case of

this latter is not completely parallel with that of A.

levana, inasmuch as the ‘“‘summer” as well as the

“winter” form is in S. dlustraria capable of being arti-

ficially produced (though with difficulty), whereas in A.

levana, as is well known, it is not possible to artificially

produce the ‘‘summer”’ form. ‘This fact with regard to

S. ulustraria may be due, as he suggests (ibid., p. 142),

to the direct effect of temperature; or, as he has also

pointed out to me, it may possibly indicate that the

summer form of S. illustraria is itself a reversion to an

ancestral condition. If this latter be the case, the sup-

posed explanation of the different effects of heat and

cold in the instance of V. atalanta would receive some

confirmation, for we should then have another example

in which the point to which reversion was directed could

be to some extent controlled.

On the whole, therefore, it seems to me just con-

ceivable that earlier forms which were developed under

certain natural temperature-conditions may sometimes

be under similar conditions independently restored.

significance of the varvations, cc. 73

Assuming this to be the case, we may perhaps explain

the results arrived at by Mr. Merrifield with V. atalanta

as follows :—

The warm ‘‘callirrhoé”’ stage is more recent than the

cool ‘‘blue-centred’”’ stage (see above, p. 71). The

normal V. atalanta, though still more recent than the

“callirrhoé”’? form, shows in some respects a kind of

atavism, skipping the ,“‘callirrhoé”’ stage, and reverting

in certain points (e. g., the white spots on the fore wing,

and the blue about the anal angle of the hind wing) to

an earlier one. By the subjection of the pupe to a

sufficient amount of cold, the moderate atavism of the

recent V. atalanta may be rendered more pronounced ;

while the substitution of heat at the same time both

checks the atavism and encourages reversion to a more

immediate ancestor. In other words, the normal V.

atalanta may be warmed back towards P. callirrhoe, or

cooled back still further towards the “‘ protovanessa.”’

ate 7)

IV. Notes on Hydroptilide belonging to the Huropean

Fauna, with descriptions of new species. By KENNETH

J. Morton, FED:

[Read December 7th, 1892. |

Puates V. & VI.

THE discovery of a species of Oxyethira new to the

British Islands, and the enquiries made in connection

with its determination, have resulted in bringing before

me a considerable mass of Hydroptilide, including

species of much interest, several of which are quite new.

Noteworthy amongst the material referred to is a large

consignment, from the collection of Mr. McLachlan, of

undetermined Hydroptilide, in which forms apparently

belonging to the genus Hydroptila are most numerous,

and comprise at least three which are undescribed. I

now describe these, together with the British Oxyethira

above alluded to, which has proved to be new; and I

also take the opportunity to describe another new Oxye-

thira, received from Dr. John Sahlberg, of Helsingfors.

A few notes are added concerning points of interest in

connection with previously-known species.

In these notes I have endeavoured to follow the

terminology used by Mr. McLachlan in describing the

appendages of the male; but in such minute and densely

hairy insects, the points of origin and true nature of

these parts are not always easy to trace. I think, how-

ever, that with the aid of the accompanying figures,

drawn under the microscope with the camera lucida,

there should be no erga: in understanding what is

intended.

Genus Hyproptina, Dalman.

Hydroptila stellifera, n. sp.

Antenne about 34-jointed in the male, fuscous; clothing of

vertex yellowish white, the hairs on the face darker; palpi

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1893.—PART I. (MARCH.)

76 Mr. Kenneth J. Morton’s notes on

yellowish; legs dingy testaceous, with greyish pubescence. Ante-

rior wings brownish, with yellowish white markings arranged in

what appears to be the usual manner in the genus, viz., a slight

marking near the base, an oblique fascia about the middle inter-

secting the fringes of both margins, an ill-defined patch beyond

the middle; nearer the apex is another fascia, often vague and little

more than a strong marking on the costa and one on the inner

margin; the apex itself is also usually pale; costal fringes nearly

black, save where intersected by the whitish markings; inner

margin with dark grey fringes. Posterior wings dark grey and

iridescent, with concolorous fringes on the inner margin; costal

fringes darker. In the male there is an elongate dorsal plate, with

incurved edges; this plate narrows towards the apex, which is

slightly upturned when viewed from the side. Penis long and

slender, with downturned point. Lower penis-cover with dilated

angulated apex; from the angles radiate short hairs or spines, and

from the outer margin arises a strong down-turned blackened

hook. ‘The inferior appendages (?) are short, rounded and some-

what incurved. Ventral processes long, narrow and contiguous,

with blackish tips. Lobe of ante-penultimate ventral segment

long. In the female there is a rather long and slender ovipositor.

Expanse of male about 6 mm.; female slightly larger.

Italy (Apennino Pistojese, 27th July and 5th August),

5 males and 5 females (aton).

In almost all respects different from any of the known

HKuropean species.

Puate V., fig. 1, apex of abdomen of male, from beneath ;

2, same, from side.

Hydroptila fortunata, n. sp.

Antenne about 35-jointed in the male, inclining to fuscous in

colour; vertex clothed with whitish hairs ; palpi yellowish ; legs

yellowish testaceous. Anterior wings brownish, darker on the

costa; markings white, arranged pretty much in the usual way;

apex margined with yellowish white; fringes of inner margin dark

silky grey. Posterior wings greyish, darker at tip, with con-

colorous fringes; iridescent. In the male there is a large, semi-

transparent, dorsal plate, with usually much incurved lateral

margins (but apparently varying in this respect in the dry insect) ;

in certain aspects its outer margin appears excised. The penis is

slender, with a very slight dilatation before the apex, which termi-

nates in a sharp twisted hook (like the last turn of a cork-screw .

There is probably a single spiral sheath. Of the lower penis-cover

Hydroptilide belonging to the Ewropean fauna. 77

there is usually visible the down-turned black apex. Inferior

appendages, seen from the side, are large, elongate, obtuse, almost

semitransparent at apex, which is slightly curved inwards and

downwards; very hairy externally and their upper and lower

margins regularly beset with short hairs. There are also two sub-

parallel ventral processes, between which the black apex of the

lower penis-cover usually lies. Ventral lobe large and long,

minutely serrate on its margins. Expanse about 6 mm.

Grand Canary, 9th and 11th December, 5 males (Rev.

A. E. Eaton). Several mutilated specimens, including

a female, from the same locality, doubtless belong to the

same species. Thirteen examples from Teneriffe, 15th

Dec. and 25th Dec., also appear to be identical, and I

can detect no appreciable differences in a single male

from Madeira, 20th November ; all collected by Eaton.

A very distinct species, easily to be distinguished on

account of the large inferior appendages and the apex

of the penis. The broad inferior appendages are some-

times turned in, and lying close to the dorsal plate con-

ceal the inner parts. The density of the hair is also a

difficulty, on account of which figure 2 is not quite

satisfactory.

Puate V., fig. 1, apex of abdomen of male, from beneath ; 2, from

side (in outline) ; 3, penis; 4, apex of ditto (more enlarged).

Hydroptila uncinata, n. sp.

Antennz about 31-jointed in the male (mutilated ?), fuscous.

Vertex densely clothed with white hairs, hairs in front darker.

Palpi yellowish white. Legs dingy testaceous. Anterior wings

dark brown or blackish, with white markings arranged in the

usual way. Posterior wings greyish, iridescent, with concolorous

fringes on the inner margin; costal fringes darker. In the male

there is a large semitransparent dorsal plate, with incurved edges,

slightly produced at apex; outer angles bearing a long down-

turned incurved hook. The penis is slender, scarcely dilated

towards the apex, where it is twisted. Lower penis-cover bearing

some analogy to that of H. fortwnata, but apparently broader at

apex. Inferior appendages large and elongate, their apices obtuse,

semitransparent and concave, outwardly hairy, and their margins

regularly beset with short hairs. Ventral processes as in H. for-

tunata. Ventral lobe large and long. Expanse about 54 mm.

Italy (Apennino Pistojese, 26th July (2), and 5th

August (1)), three males (Maton).

78 Mr. Kenneth J. Morton’s notes on

A species with a certain amount of resemblance to H.

fortunata, but amply distinct therefrom, on account of

the hooks on the dorsal plate.

Puate V., fig. 1, apex of abdomen of male, from beneath ;

fig. 2, same, from side.

Hydroptila Maclachlani, Klap.— This very distinct

species was described by Klapalek in Sitz. Bohm. Ges.,

1890. It proves to have a wide distribution, and ex-

amples from the following localities are now before

me :—

England (Charmouth, Dorset, June 18th, Rev. A. H.

Eaton); Scotland (Carluke, August, very common,

Morton); Pyrenees (Léz and Laruns, 14th and 24th

July, Maton) ; Portugal (Silves, 17th May; Cintra, 31st

May, Haton, many examples) ; and evidently the same

species from Madeira (one male, 21st Nov., Haton).

As Klapalek’s figures may not be generally accessible,

I give, on Plate VI., a figure of the apex of abdomen from

beneath (fig. 1); also one of the penis, which is peculiar

and has not been previously figured.

Note.—I have denuded and examined the heads of

many examples of the foregoing four species, with the view

of satisfying myself regarding the presence or absence

of the large valve-like lobes given by Mr. McLachlan

as a leading character of the genus Hydroptila. That

these lobes do not exist at all in H. Maclachlani is, I

think, certain; and if they are present in any of the —

other species, they almost certainly do not reach the

enormous proportions to which they are developed in

such species as H. occulta and H. femoralis. Without

doubt good characters exist for generic subdivision, but

as one or more of the previously described species are

doubtful in respect of the elevated lobes, steps in this

direction are not yet safe. Each species should be care-

fully studied on the point from fresh material, when the

chance occurs.

The neuration of the four species may be said to agree

both among themselves and with Mr. McLachlan’s figure.

Genus Stacropia, McLach.

Stactobia atra McL.—Mr. McLachlan has kindly com-

municated the figure of the neuration of this species,

referred to at page 72 of his ‘ First Additional Supple-

Hydroptilide belonging to tie Hurupean fauna. 79

ment.’ As he has there indicated, S. atra, being so

much larger than the other described species, this figure

gives a better idea of the neuration of the genus than

his earlier one.

Two insects from Madeira (Haton) appear to belong

here. The anal parts are much concealed in the hairs,

and the figures given are from an example entirely

denuded and mounted in balsam. ‘The true form of the

part between the pieces which are produced into a spine

at the apex, is a little uncertain.

Pratt VI., fig. 38, neuration of anterior wing (from Mr.

MeLachlan’s drawing) ; fig. 1, apex of abdomen, from beneath

fig. 2, apex of abdomen, latero-ventral view.

Genus OxyrEtuira, Haton.

Oxyethira costalis, Curt.—It appears to me that the

lower margin of the inferior appendages in this species

does not run continuously to the incurved apex, but is

angulated before the apex, as shown in Plate VI., fig. 1.

There isa pair of down-turned hooks lying above the

ventral plate, one of which is shown in fig. 2.

Oxyethira ecornuta, n. sp.

Antenne 33-jonted in the male (mutilated ?), fuscous ; clothing

of head whitish yellow; palpi fuscous; legs dingy testaceous.

Anterior wings brown, with whitish markings and darker fringes.

The ventral plate in the male is large and usually much produced,

. the excision in its outer margin being shallow but extensive; the

lateral lobes of the plate when viewed directly from beneath are

small, but well marked, inturned and blackened. The inferior

appendages are very short and scarcely incurved. Above the

ventral plate is a pair of black much downturned hooks. The penis

is not exserted in the examples before me; its apex, as far as

visible, seems to be more decidedly dilated than in O. costalis.

Ventral lobe apparently as in that species. Expanse of male

about 5 mm.

Three males and one female from Teisko, Finland,

received from Dr. John Sahlberg.

A species very closely allied to O. costahs, Curt., yet

sufficiently distinct. It differs in the form of the ventral

plate, and of the hooks above the plate; also and

especially in the absence of the black inturned tips

which mark the inferior appendages of O, costalis. rom

80 Mr. Kenneth J. Morton’s notes on

O. distinctella it differs in the absence of the bifid

superior appendages.

Puate VI., fig. 1, apex of abdomen, from beneath; 2, same, in

front; 3, same, from side; 4, hook; 5, apex of penis.

Oxyethira distinctella, McLach.—The types of the

species were very kindly forwarded for examination, by

Dr. John Sahlberg, of the Helsingfors Museum. Although

closely allied to the foregoing species, it is very distinct,

on account of what I have called above the bifid superior

appendages, which are shown in figure, Plate V.

Oxyethira unidentata, McLach.—A unique species, be-

longing to the group of O. costalis on account of its

having distinct inferior appendages. Mr. McLachlan

was good enough to favour me with a sight of the types

and I here give two figures, as none has been published.

Puate V., fig. 1, apex of abdomen from beneath (the closure of

the anal cavity above is not shown) ; fig. 2, same, from side.

The species which follow seem to differ from the fore-

going in wanting definite inferior appendages. They

are characterized by having black spines on the lower

angle of the dorsal section of the last segment.

Oxyethira spinosella. McLach.—I am also indebted

to Mr. McLachlan for having let me see the types

of this species, and I give a few figures taken therefrom.

Puate V., fig. 1, apex of abdomen from side, obliquely ; 2, same,

from above ; 3, ventral plate and penis; 4, 5 and 6, various aspects

of penis.

Oxyethira falcata, n. sp.

Antenne 87-jointed in the male, usually fuscous (apparently

with pallid tip), but sometimes paler; clothing of head yellowish

white on vertex, black in front; legs dingy testaceous, the femora

sometimes fuscescent, and the tarsi indistinctly annulated with

darker. Anterior wings brown, with white or yellowish markings ;

fringes very dark, save where the paler markings intersect them.

In the male the last dorsal segment has the lower angles inturned,

and these angles bear two (or three) short blackish spines. The

penis varies much in appearance according to the aspect from

which it is viewed; it is dilated asymmetrically, one side being

produced into a kind of tusk, the margin of the other side being

angulated. The inner anal parts are complicated, but a pair of

ear-shaped appendages are usually visible, if a strong reflected

Hydroptilide belonging to the Huropean fauna. 81

light is thrown into the cavity. The ventral plate is rather deeply

excised with well-marked lateral lobes; from between the lobes

springs a broad process which almost fills up the space between

the lobes, and which tapers slightly towards the poimted apex;

anteriorly, the margins of this process appear to be narrowly folded

and are blackish along with the apex. Expanse of male about

5 mm., female about 7 mm.

Scotland (Redmyre Loch, near Carluke, about 600 ft.,

not rare, Morton); England (near Woodbury, and Ottery

St. Mary, Devon, in July, Haton) ; Ireland (Knappagh

Laogh and Cushinsheen Laogh, near Westport, J. J.

King).

A species abundantly distinct, on account of the

process arising from between the lateral lobes of the

ventral plate. It appears to belong to the same group

as the Madeiran O. spinosella, McLach., but differs in

the peculiarity of the ventral plate alluded to; the

spines, too, are different, the innermost spine in O. spino-

sella standing apart from the others, and being carried

on an obtuse process. The penis in the two species is.

on the same plan.

Puate V., fig. 1, apex of abdomen in front; 2, ventral plate ;

8, outline of apex of abdomen from side continued beneath, to

show ventral lobe; 4, 5, 6 and 7, aspects of penis.

Oxyethira Frict, Klap.—This species was also de-

scribed in Sitz. Bohm. Ges., 1890. At one time I con-

sidered the above-described British insect might belong

to this species, but Professor Klapalek, who has kindly

presented specimens of his species to me, points out the

following differences :—The spines in the British insect

are much stouter and shorter than in O. F'rici, in which

there are on the left side 4, and on the right 8 spines.

In O. Frict the penis is dilated quite symmetrically, but

the teeth are a little asymmetrical, being nearer to the

apex on the one side than on the other. The form of

the ventral plate in O. Frici is also peculiar, and there

is no process between its lateral lobes.

A reproduction of Klapalek’s figures is here given.

PuateE VI, fig. 1, apex of abdomen from beneath ; 2, same, from

side ; 3, penis, from above.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1893,—paRT I. (MARCH.) G

82 Hydroptilide belonging to the European fauna.

EXPLANATION oF Puates V. & VI.

PATH) WV:

Hydroptila stellifera.—Fig. 1, apex of abdomen of male from

beneath ; 2, do., from side.

H. fortunata.—Fig. 1, apex of abdomen of male from beneath ;

2, do., from side (in outline) ; 38, penis; 4, apex of penis (more

enlarged).

H. uncinata.—Fig. 1, apex of abdomen of male from beneath ;

2, do., from side.

Oxyethira distinctella.—Superior appendages.

O. unidentata.—Fig. 1, apex of abdomen of male from beneath;

2, do., from side.

O. spinosella—Fig. 1, apex of abdomen of male from side,

obliquely ; 2, do., from above; 3, ventral plate and penis; 4, 5 and

6, various aspects of penis.

O. falcata.—Fig. 1, apex of abdomen of male, in front (fig.

inverted) ; 2, ventral plate; 3, outline of apex of abdomen from

side, continued beneath to show ventral lobe; 4, 5, 6 and 7, aspects

of penis.

PLATE » Vi;

Hydroptila Maclachlani.—Fig. 1, apex of abdomen of male

from beneath ; 2, penis.

Stactobia atra.—Fig. 1, apex of abdomen of male from beneath ;

2, do., latero-ventral view; (a) obtuse process, (b) pieces produced

into spine at apex, (c) downturned lobes, (d) inferior appendages (?)

(cf. McLach., Mon. Rev., 1st Additional Supplement, p. 72);

3, neuration of anterior wing.

Oxyethira costalis—Fig. 1, apex of abdomen of male from

beneath; 2, hook above ventral plate.

O. ecornuta.—Fig. 1, apex of abdomen of male from beneath;

2, do., in front; 3, do., from side; 4, hook above ventral plate ;

5, apex of penis.

O. Frict.—Fig. 1, apex of abdomen of male from beneath ;

2, same from side; 3, penis from above,

( 83 )

V. Descriptions of new genera and species of Neotropical

Rhynchota. By W. L. Distant, F.E.S.

[Read December 7th, 1892. |

Tr following descriptions were written eight years ago

at the request of Mr. Whymper for inclusion in the

Natural History Appendix to his ‘Travels amongst the

Great Andes of the Equator.’ This publication appeared

in the spring of the present year, and my species and

genera are only indicated by name, as I was refused an

opportunity of correcting proof with the woodcuts inserted

in the text, and therefore declined to allow the sheets to

go to press. It thus becomes a duty I owe to my brother

students of the order to publish the full descriptions,

while the above explanation will serve as comment to a

footnote which Mr. Whymper has chosen to place to the

first page of my contribution. I also correct some errors

in what was thus printed without my supervision.

DESCRIPTIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

Suborder HETEROPTERA.

Fam. PENTATOMIDA.

Subfam. PENTATOMINA.

Nezara nebulosa, in Whymper’s Travels Great Andes,

Append., p. 112 (1892).

I originally considered a specimen collected by Mr.

Whymper in the ‘‘ Forests above the Bridge of Chimbo”’

as sufficiently distinct from N. stictica, Dall., to be indi-

cated as N. nebulosa, n. sp., but the subsequent examina-

tion of a long series of specimens collected throughout

Central America proved the character to be of a varietal

nature only (Biol. Central Am. Rhynchot. Heterop.,

p- 338, ‘£1890’’).

This is one of the errors to which I have referred, and

N. nebulosa as a new species would have disappeared in

the correction of the proof.

TRANS, ENT, SOC. LOND, 1893,—PART I. (MARCH.) G2

84 Mr. W. L. Distant’s descriptions of new

Fam. COREID.

Division Spartoceraria.

Sephina culta, n. sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Travels

Great Andes, Append., p. 112, n. 6 (1892).

Black ; a central longitudinal fascia to both corium and scu-

tellum, and a spot on disk of corium, ochraceous; eyes greyish;

abdomen above dull reddish, the base and apex more or less black,

connexivum with some oblique black spots; membrane dark

olivaceous. Body beneath black; lateral margins and central

basal margin of mesosternum, and two central discal spots to abdo-

men, ochraceous ; lateral margins of abdomen pale castaneous.

Antenne finely pilose, first and second joints subequal in length,

third shortest; basal joint and apex of third joint incrassated ;

pronotum with the lateral angles acutely produced; posterior

femora armed beneath with some short obtuse spines near apex.

Long. 22 millim. Exp. lat. ang. pron. 8 millim.

Hab. Milligalli (height unknown).

S. culta, by its peculiar markings, is nearest allied to

S. geniculata, Dist., a Costa Rican species.

Division Corearia.

Margus tibialis, n. sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, Append., p. 113, n. 7 (1892).

Brownish grey, thickly and finely punctured with brown; head

with the eyes and ocelli pale castaneous, the antenniferous tubercles

obtuse, not spined; antenne concolorous, the basal joint more or

less black-speckled, especially beneath; the apical joint fuscous

with its base paler, the second joint slightly longer than the third ;

extreme lateral margins of the pronotum ochraceous, spotted with

fuscous, the rounded lateral angles narrowly fuscous or black ;

scutellum with the apex luteous, and with an indistinct pale central

longitudinal line ; nervures of the corium pale, spotted with red-

dish brown; membrane fuscous; abdomen above blackish, the

connexivum reddish brown, indistinctly banded with luteous at the

segmental incisures ; body beneath pale brownish; abdomen with

two central and a lateral row of small fuscous spots; legs ochra-

ceous, the femora very thickly spotted and annulated with black,

the tibie with a few blackish spots, the apices of the tarsi black;

rostrum, especially in apical half, more or less clouded with

piceous.

Long. 7 to 8 millim,

genera and species of Neotropical Rhynchota. 85

Hab. Yastern side of Corazon (12,000 ft.), eastern

side of Pichincha (12,000 ft.), Hacienda of Guachala

(9217 ft.), Machachi (9—10,000 ft.), Pacific slopes (7—

8000 ft.).

This species is allied to both M. pectoralis and M.

pallipes of Dallas.

Division Harmostaria.

Harmostes corazonus, n. sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, Append., p. 113, n. 8 (1892).

Fuscous, thickly and closely punctate ; head dark fuscous, eyes

pale ochraceous ; antenne with the basal and apical joints reddish

brown, the last with its base ochraceous, second and third joints

ochraceous speckled with brown, third a little longer than second ;

pronotum with a central longitudinal line, and the posterior mar-

gin very narrowly ochraceous, the lateral margin broadly ochra-

ceous, punctured with brown, the punctures confluent at lateral

angles; scutellum dark fuscous (mutilated with pin), the lateral

margins narrowly ochraceous, with a pale spot on disk; corium

with a distinct double series of fuscous spots on costal margin, and

the nervures spotted with reddish brown; membrane pale hyaline ;

abdomen above black, the connexivum and a large apical spot

ochraceous, the last containing two smaller black spots; body

beneath more reddish brown than above, disk of mesosternum and

central suleation to metasternum black; femora reddish brown,

thickly and darkly punctate; tibie and tarsi pale ochraceous

speckled with brown, apices of the tarsi black; posterior femora

with some apical spines beneath, of which two are long, ochraceous,

and apically black ; rostrum ochraceous, with the apex black.

Long. 53 millim.

Hab. HKastern side of Corazon (12,000 ft.).

This species is apparently allied to the Chilian H.

raphimerus, Spin.

Harmostes montivagus, n.sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, Append., p. 118, n. 9 (1892).

Ochraceous, the head, pronotum, and scutellum thickly punce-

tured with brown; antenne ochraceous speckled with brown, the

apical joint darker, pilose, and with its base ochraceous; third

joint longer than second; pronotum with the margins (anterior

and posterior narrowly) and a central longitudinal line ochraceous

scutellum with the margins and a central longitudinal line ochra-

86 Mr. W. L. Distant’s descriptions of new

ceous, the apex blackish; corium with some black punctures on

costal margin, and a large brown patch near apical margin; the

clavus brown-punctate ; membrane pale hyaline, mottled with pale

brownish ; abdomen above ochraceous, the base, a transverse fascia

about centre followed by two shorter fascie on each side, black ;

body beneath and femora ochraceous, punctured with reddish brown;

tibiz and tarsi luteous thickly speckled with fuscous, apices of the

tarsi black, femora spined beneath at apex, two spines being

prominent, long, and with their apices fuscous ; rostrum ochraceous

with its apex fuscous.

Long. 6 millim.

Hab. Machachi (9—10,000 ft.), eastern side,of Cora-

zon (12,000 ft.).

Fam. LYGHIDA.

Division Orsillaria.

Nysius procerus, n. sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, Append., p. 113, n. 10 (1892).

Greyish, spotted and marked with fuscous and black. Head

coarsely punctate, with a broad fascia between the eyes, interrupted

in the centre; the lateral margins and the margins of the central

lobe blackish ; antennz fuscous, second joint a little longer than

the others, third and fourth subequal in length; eyes fuscous ;

pronotum coarsely punctate, with a bioad transverse blackish

fascia near anterior margin, and from which five narrow fuscous

fasciz radiate to posterior margin; lateral angles (excepting apex)

dark fuscous and moderately nodulose; scutellum coarsely and

blackly punctate, with a central black levigate cruciform im-

pression, and the apex pale greyish ochraceous; corium longi-

tudinally spotted with fuscous along the veins, and with three dark

fuscous elongate spots on apical margin; membrane greyish,

obscurely spotted with pale fuscous. Body beneath imperfectly

seen owing to specumen being carded ; legs pale ochraceous, femora

spotted with dark fuscous, extreme base of tibiz and apices of tarsi

fuscous.

Long. 4 millim.

Hab. Machachi (9—10,000 ft.).

This species should be nearest allied to the Colombian

N. nubilus, Dall., the type of which is no longer to be

found in the British Museum.

genera and species of Neotropical Rhynchota. 87

Fam. CAPSIDA.

Subfam.: CAPSINAL.

Division Miraria.

Neomiris, gen. noy., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, Append., p. 113 (1892).

Allied to Miris, and differing from that genus principally in

having the posterior margin of the pronotum slightly emarginate

and not covering the base of the scutellum, which is punctate,

thus differing from Megalocerea and allies.

Head moderately long, scarcely or not deflected in front, and

with a distinct and narrow longitudinal suleation on basal half :

antenne about as long as the body, with the first joint robust,

strongly pilose, and considerably longer than the pronotum ; second

joint finely pilose, and about twice the length of the first ; third

joint one-third shorter than second, and considerably longer than

fourth. Pronotum coarsely punctate, longer than broad, the

anterior margin slightly concave, the lateral margins more strongly

concave, the lateral angles subnodulose, and with a somewhat faint

transverse constriction near anterior margin, the basal margin

emarginate and not covering the base of the scutellum. Scutellum

coarsely punctate. Rostrum reaching or slightly passing the inter-

mediate coxe. ji

In the same year (1884) as I wrote the description of

this genus, Dr. Reuter founded his Dolichomiris for the

reception of a West African species; and I am obliged

to Dr. Bergroth for informing me that a species of the

same genus has since been received from Venezuela.

Neomiris is closely allied to Dolichomiris, but differs by

the coarsely punctured pronotum and scutellum; the

subnodulose lateral angles to the pronotum, &c.

Neomiris precelsus, n. sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Tray.

Great Andes, Append., p- 118, n. 11 (woodcut),

(1892).

Body above brownish ochraceous; head with a broad black

streak in front of each eye, and continued along margin to apex;

antenne with the apical half of the second joint more or less

castaneous, the third and fourth joints fuscous. Pronotum coarsely

punctate, with a central pale levigate longitudinal line, a large

black spot at each anterior angle, extending to near middle of pro-

notuin, and sometimes narrowly and more faintly continued to

basal margin, which is also (excluding angles) blackish. Scutellum

88 Mr. W. L. Distant’s descriptions of new

coarsely punctate, with the apex and a central longitudinal line

pale and levigate, and with a large black spot near each basal

angle; corium finely punctate and pilose, the lateral margins and

cuneus ochraceous; the clavus also sometimes paler ; membrane

fuscous; legs ochraceous, apices of the tarsi black. Body beneath

imperfectly seen owing to the specimen being carded.

Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Hacienda of Antisana (18,800 ft.).

Division Phytocoraria.

Dronyza, gen. nov., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav. Great

Andes, Append., p. 114 (1892).

Allied to Compsocerocoris, Reuter, but differing by the greater

length of the basal joint of the antenne, which is as long as the

head and pronotum together; head more robust, wider and some-

what gibbous between the eyes; pronotum much flatter, not de-

flected from basal half.

Dionyza variegata, n. sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, p. 114, n. 12; woodcut facing p. 18

(1892).

Dull ochraceous, more or less mottled with dark fuscous; head

with two dark fuscous spots near apex, and with a central longi-

tudinal line, crossed by a lunate line between eyes, pale fuscous ;

eyes dark greyish ; antenne dull ochraceous, apex of the first joint

narrowly whitish, before which is a short obscure pale fuscous

annulation ; second joint with a blackish annulation near base and

apex, both of which are whitish; third joint pale fuscous, the

extreme base and apex paler (fourth joint mutilated) ; pronotum

thickly mottled with fuscous, the anterior and posterior margins

ochraceous, and with a large central quadrate greyish spot; scu-

tellum with a broad central fascia and the apex dark fuscous ;

corium mottled with pale fuscous, the apex of the clavus and some

costal spots dark fuscous; cuneus pale ochraceous, the apex, a

spot at each basal angle, and one on inner margin, dark fuscous ;

membrane ochraceous, mottled with fuscous. Body beneath and

legs ochraceous, the margins more or less dark fuscous ; femora

annulated with fuscous on their apical halves, tibiz annulated with

fuscous near their extreme base and apex, apices of the tarsi dark

fuscous ; rostrum ochraceous, its apex fuscous.

Long. 7 millim.

Hab. HKastern side of Corazon (12,000 ft.).

genera and species of Neotropical Rhynchota. 89

Calocoris montanus, n. sp., Dist. MS.,in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, p. 114, n. 18 (1892).

Brownish ochraceous, mottled with greyish; eyes fuscous ;

antenne brownish ochraceous, apex of first joint whitish, second

joint about twice the length of the first, its apex whitish preceded

by a blackish annulation, base of the third joint whitish (fourth

mutilated); membrane brownish ochraceous, mottled with fuscous.

Body beneath brownish ochraceous, margins reddish castaneous;

legs brownish ochraceous, femora with their apices annulated with

fuscous, apices of the tibie and tarsi fuscous.

Long. 7 millim.

Hab. La Dormida, Cayambe (11,800 ft); Pacific

slopes (7—8000 ft.).

Only one perfectly developed specimen of this species

was captured, the others being immature examples. As

observed in these the upper surface of the abdomen is

reddish castaneous.

Division Capsaria.

Lygus collinus, n.sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, p. 114, n. 14 (1892).

Ochraceous, with blackish markings ; head rather darker, with

the eyes dark grey ; antenne with the second joint twice as long

as the first, the apex blackish, apex of the third and the whole of

the fourth joint fuscous; pronotum with the anterior margin

greyish white, the lateral and basal margins (the last very broadly)

blackish ; scutellum blackish, the lateral margins from a little

beneath basal angles and the apex pale ochraceous and levigate ;

corium with the disk infuscated, the clavus more or less infuscated,

with the outer margin dark fuscous; cuneus infuscated, its inner

margin dark fuscous; membrane dark fuscous. Body beneath

obscurely seen, owing to specimen being carded; legs mutilated.

Long. 6 millim.

Hab. Hacienda of Guachala (9217 ft.).

Lygus sublimatus, n. sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, Append., p. 114, n. 15 (1892).

Ochraceous, covered with golden pubescence ; eyes castaneous;

antenne black, first and second joints with an ochraceous annula-

tion, that of the first central and of the second subbasal ; scutellum

with the basal margin and disk more or less blackish ; corium with

two blackish streaks, one on claval margin occupying its apical

90 Mr. W. L. Distant’s descriptions of new

half, the other commencing about middle of costal margin, and

terminating at inner basal angle of cuneus; cuneus brownish ;

membrane pale fuscous, the cellular margin paler. Body beneath

with the sternum fuscous, the abdomen ochraceous, legs ochra-

ceous ; femora with their apices speckled with fuscous ; apices of

the tarsi blackish.

Long. 5 millim.

Hab. La Dormida, Cayambe (11,800 ft.).

Lygus excelsus, n. sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, Append., p. 114, n. 16 (1892).

Ochraceous, marked and spotted with blackish ; antenn ochra-

ceous, the apex of the second joint and the whole of the third and

fourth joints fuscous; pronotum with two large basal central

wedge-shaped spots, and a small spot at lateral angles, blackish:

scutellum with the centre of the basal margin blackish; clavus

more or less shaded with blackish, except at apex; corium with a

broad irregular central transverse blackish fascia; cuneus ochra-

ceous; membrane pale fuscous, spotted with darker fuscous at base

and apex. Body beneath pale brownish ochraceous, with a central

blackish fascia; legs mutilated.

Var. Paler than the typical form as here described; the spots

on the pronotum smaller; clavus pale and unicolorous; the trans-

verse fascia to corium smaller and more indistinct.

Long. 5 millim.

Hab. YKastern side of Corazon (12,000 ft.).

Division Bryocoraria.

Lyng, gen. nov., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav. Great

Andes, Append., p. 114 (1892).

Allied to Ania, but differmg by the shorter and more ovate

body; the basal jot of the antenne much shorter, very little

longer than the head; the second joint half as long again as the

first ; pronotum relatively shorter and broader.

Lyde translucida, n.sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, Append., p. 114, n. 17; woodcut

facing p. 113 (1892).

Head dull ochraceous, with a black spot behind the eyes, which

are greyish; antenne ochraceous, the outer margin of the basal

joint, the apex of the second, the apical third of third, and the whole

genera and species of Neotropical Rhynchota. 91

of the fourth joint, fuscous; pronotum pale ochraceous, the punc-

tures on the basal half dark and pale brownish, the anterior collar

greyish and margined with black both above and beneath, the pre-

ceding constriction dark ochraceous, the lateral angles subnodulose

and dark fuscous; scutellum black; corium pale hyaline, base of

costal margin and an oblique linear spot near inner apex blackish ;

cuneus pale hyaline ; membrane pale hyaline, very slightly infus-

cated ; anterior legs pale ochraceous, remainder mutilated. Body

beneath pale ochraceous, sternum with two blackish marginal

oblique spots.

Long. 4} millim.

Hab. Pichincha (12,000 ft.).

Fam. ARADIDA.

Subfam. BRACHYRHYNCHIN AS.

Division Brachyrhyncharia.

Cinyphus ? obscurus, n. sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Tray.

Great Andes, Append., p. 114, n. 18; woodcut,

p- 115 (1892).

Fuliginous brown ; legs and antenne darker and more fuscous ;

apex of the last joint of antenn and bases of the tibix ochraceous;

eyes obscure greyish; apex of the corium pale fuscous ; body

beneath very dark fuscous; coxe ochraceous, tarsi beneath with

their bases distinctly ochraceous; rostrum brownish ochraceous,

its apex somewhat pitchy. The head has a long prominent spine

on each side in front of the eyes at the base of the antennwe, and a

second more obtuse spine behind the eyes; antennzx with the basal

joint globosely incrassated and reaching apex of head, which is

cleft; third joint slightly longer than first ; fourth globosely in-

crassated, and subequal to, or a little shorter than, second ; pro-

notum with the anterior angles lobately produced, behind which

the lateral margins are concavely sinuated, convexly round at

middle, and then obliquely truncated to lateral angles; basal

margin slightly concave betore base of scutellum, disk of anterior

lobe with two central stout obtuse tubercles ; scutellum with two

central large and deep fover; corium slightly and lobately pro-

duced at base of costal margin.

Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Forests above the Bridge of Chimbo (1—800 ft.).

I have provisionally retained this species in the genus

Cinyphus, to which it has the strongest affinities. It

differs, however, in the structure of the antenne, and

92 Mr. W. L. Distant’s descriptions of new

will doubtless eventually necessitate the creation of a

new genus for its reception.

Aneurus flavomaculatus, n.sp., Dist. MS., in Whym.

Trav. Great Andes, Append., p. 115, n. 19 (1892).

Black; membrane with a large irregular dull ochraceous spot at

base ; basal joint of the antenn short, very globosely incrassated,

and not reaching apex of head; second and third joints subequal,

apical joint very much the longest; pronotum with the anterior

angles rounded, the lateral margins acutely sinuate near centre,

lateral angles rounded. The head, pronotum, and scutellum are

very coarsely punctate. Body beneath black, the cox and disk of

abdomen castaneous.

Long. 6 millim.

Hab. HKastern slopes of Pichincha (12,000 ft.).

Fam. REDUVIIDA.

Subfam. STENOPODIN 2.

Stenopoda scutellata, nu. sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Tray.

Great Andes, Append., p. 116, n. 23, woodcut (1892).

Pale ochraceous ; eyes black; head with a central longitudinal

fascia on basal third, interrupted at eyes and forked anteriorly ;

pronotum with three central fascie, widened and fused posteriorly ;

a shorter and narrower fascia on each side, and a narrow marginal

line ; scutellum, excluding apex, a broad central streak to clavus—

widened posteriorly—a basal spot and a larger and irregularly bifid

central spot to membrane, a series of linear, marginal, and oblique

spots to connexivum, irregular spots and markings to anterior

femora, apices of intermediate and posterior femora, a central

annulation to posterior femora, two broken annulations to tibize—

one at and the other near base—apices of tibiz and tarsi, a mar-

ginal line to prosternum, an oblique lateral line to meso- and meta-

sternum, a submarginal fascia to abdomen, a series of spiracular

spots and connexivum, with the markings as above, dark fuscous

or blackish ; antennz with the basal joint pale ochraceous, with a

broad central fuscous annulation; second joint fuscous, with a

subapical pale annulation ; third joint ochraceous, remainder muti-

lated; scutellum with a small suberect nodulosity on each side

near base.

Long. 20 millim.

Hab. Guayaquil (indoors).

genera and species of Neotropical Rhynchota, 93

Pnohirmus whympert, n. sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, Append., p. 117, n. 24, woodcut (1892).

Pale ochraceous, marked and shaded with fuscous; head with

the lateral margins, a central longitudinal line on the post-ocular

portion, and two lines with a common base on the ante-ocular por-

tion, fuscous; antenne ochraceous, the basal joint mottled with

brownish; eyes fuscous; pronotum with a central longitudinal

fascia, widened posteriorly, on each side of which are two other

more obscure narrower fasciz, fuscous; scutellum fuscous ; corium

infuscated, with the veins ochraceous; membrane pale fuscous ;

connexivum spotted with fuscous. Body beneath and legs ochra-

ceous; anterior femora mottled with brownish, and with a distinct

subapical brownish annulation ; intermediate and posterior femora

mottled with brownish, with black apical annulations (the inter-

mediate in some varieties with a second black annulation) ; anterior

and intermediate tibiz biannulated with brownish; the lateral

angles of the pronotum are obtusely nodulose ; the seutellum has

a deep central basal longitudinal sulcation.

Long. 13 to 14 millim.

Hab. La Mona (100 ft.).

Fam. ACANTHIADA.

Acanthia andensis, n.sp., Dist. M.S., in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, Append., p. 118, n. 26, woodcut (1892).

Shining black; apex of the head, costal margin of corium,

excepting base, and terminating in a spot at apex and a spot

near base, membrane, excluding cellular margins, coxe, and legs,

ochraceous ; some small obscure greyish spots on disk of corium,

and two spots of the same colour at apical margin, the largest and

outermost with a black centre ; antenne castaneous, the two apical

joints more or less fuscous; margins and veins of the membrane

fuscous; eyes greyish, mottled with dark fuscous; apices of the

tibie and tarsi dark fuscous; rostrum pale castaneous ; the mem-

brane possesses four normal cells, a fifth and innermost being

more or less rudimentary; the antenne are strongly hirsute, the

second joint longest (almost twice the length of the first), the third

a little shorter than the fourth.

Long. 4 millim.

Hab, Machachi (9—10,000 ft.).

94 Mr. W. L. Distant’s descriptions of new

Suborder HOMOPTERA.

Fam. CICADIDA.

Carineta fimbriata, n.sp., Walk. MS., in Brit. Mus. ;

Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav. Great Andes, Append.,

p. 119, n. 31, woodcut (1892).

Head and pronotum above ochraceous ; the abdomen castaneous ;

the former moderately pilose, the last strongly so; ocelli red; eyes

sometimes greyish, sometimes black; pronotum with two con-

tiguous central black spots at anterior margin, united posteriorly

and extending in a central line to edge of posterior margin; on

each side of these is a rounded black spot, followed by an oblique

looped marginal spot; mesonotum with four obconical black mar-

gined spots at base, the two central shortest, behind which is a

black spot, subquadrate in shape, with a central lanceolate pro-

duction ; abdomen thickly covered with greyish pile. Body be-

neath strongly pilose, the sternum more or less ochraceous, the

abdomen dark castaneous; legs ochraceous, the anterior femora

subannulated at base and apex with blackish, the intermediate and

posterior femora streaked beneath with blackish; anterior tarsi

blackish, intermediate and posterior tarsi with the bases and apices

blackish ; rostrum castaneous, the apical half castaneous; tegmina

and wings pale hyaline ; tegmina with the basal half of the vena-

tion more or less ochraceous, the remainder fuscous; costal area

and membrane ochraceous ; a spot at the end of radial area, a spot

at the base of second and third apical areas, a small spot beneath

radial area, and the ‘‘ limbus enervis”’ from apex of lower ulnar area

to base, fuscous ; some obscure marginal spots on apical third of

costal and on the whole of outer margins; wings with a central

fuscous spot, and the abdominal area margined with the same

colour.

Long. 21 millim.; exp. tegm. 70 millim.

Hab. Nanegal (8—4000 ft.), Quito (9350 ft.), Mach-

achi (10,000 ft.).

I had previously received this species from Ecuador,

where it seems to be of a somewhat abundant character.

It is named C. fimbriata, Walk., in the collection of the

British Museum, but I have failed to find any published

description of the species.

genera and species of Neotropical Rhynchota. 95

Fam. CERCOPIDA.

Subfam. CERCOPIN i.

Sphenorhina ruida, n. sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, Append., p. 119, n. 32 (1892).

Dark brownish ochraceous, very thickly and finely punctured ;

head paler ochraceous; the eyes, antennw, and a broad central

longitudinal fascia, black; tegmina with a distinct greyish white

spot on costal margin at about one-third from base ; a much more

obscure and less pale mark at base, and the apical half of tegmina

also more or less palerin hue. Body beneath pale ochraceous ; the

upper half of face black, margins and apex of abdomen castaneous ;

legs pale greenish, ochraceous beneath, brownish ochraceous above ;

apices of the femora, bases and apices of the tibiz, and the tarsi,

fuscous ; rostrum brownish, with the apex black.

Long. 8 millim.

TIab. Forests above the Bridge of Chimbo (1—8000 ft).

Sphenorhina tullia, n. sp. (S. jullia, sic), Dist. MS., in

Whym. Tray. Great Andes, Append., p. 119, n. 33

(1892).

Pale brownish ochraceous, thickly and finely punctured; head

ochraceous; eyes, antenne, and a broad central longitudinal fascia

to head black; pronotum with two obscure ochraceous discal spots

near anterior margin; scutellum with the apex ochraceous ; teg-

mina with a pale ochraceous spot at base of clavus, a transverse

fascia (somewhat fractured by the veins) at about one-fourth from

base, and two longitudinal fascie on basal half also pale ochraceous ;

abdomen above brownish ochraceous, the apex pale. Body beneath

and legs pale ochraceous, the abdomen brownish ochraceous, with

the apex pale; upper portion of the face black; anterior and inter-

mediate tibix, apices of the posterior tibiz, and the tarsi, fuscous.

Long. 9 millim.

Hab. Forests above the Bridge of Chimbo (1—38000 ft.).

Fam. JASSIDA.

Subfam. TETTIGONIINA.

Tettigonia medusa, n. sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, Append., p. 120, n. 86 (1892).

Head black ; anterior margin, inner margin of eyes, lateral por-

tions of posterior margin divided by a subquadrate spot, yellow ;

pronotum with the anterior portion black, the posterior area choco-

96 Genera and species of Neotropical Rhynchota.

late-brown, with two large central spots and a small intervening

spot yellow; scutellum black, with four yellow spots, the two

anterior longitudinal and curved, the two posterior transverse ;

tegmina pale chocolate-brown, the inner claval margin and two

discal longitudinal fasciz, the outermost connected with the costal

margin by a spot near apex, very pale creamy stramineous; the

centre of the costal margin narrowly yellowish. Body beneath

black ; the inner margin of eyes, face—interrupted by a black line

—some spots at lateral margin of pronotum, yellow; abdomen

with the connexivum orange spotted with black, the apex and pos-

terior margin of the abdominal segments yellowish ; legs ochra-

ceous, the tarsi and the tibial spines black.

Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Machachi (9 —10,000 ft.).

This species is allied to the 7. Walkeri, Sign., a species

received from Quito.

Tettigonia duplicaria, n.sp., Dist. MS., in Whym. Trav.

Great Andes, Append., p. 120, n. 37, woodcut (1892).

Black; head with the eyes and a large central frontal spot

(sometimes divided) greyish ; tegmina with the apical half more or

less irregularly ochraceous, traversed by an irregular longitudinal

black fascia, the claval margin also black; wings pale hyaline;

body beneath and legs black.

Var. Tegmina with the apical half irregularly greyish instead

of ochraceous.

Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Machachi (9—10,000 ft.), Hacienda of Guachala

(9217 ft.).

et?)

VI. On some neglected points in the structure of the

pupe of Heterocerous Lepidoptera, and their pro-

bable value in classification ; with some associated

observations on larval prolegs. By Dr. THomas

ALGERNON CHapman, M.D., F.E.S.

[Read February 22nd, 1893. |

Dersuutory and unrecorded observations of many years

on pup were recently thrown into order and invested

with a meaning by a study of the earlier stages of the

Adelide, and I have since taken more accurate notes of

the structure of the pupz of many species. Such accu-

rate record, however, is a tedious and laborious process,

and to go over the whole ground, or even a large fraction

of it, will involve many years’ work, and require the

combined energies of a number of observers. I have

therefore thought it better to bring the subject forward

in its present imperfect state, in order to direct atten-

tion to it, rather than wait an indefinite time for the

comparatively small additions I should myself be able

to make; and, whilst apologising for the want of a larger

mass of material, I may say that the indefinite and

unnoted work of many years enables me to handle the

material I have with more confidence than its own

amount might appear to justify.

Descriptions of pup are often very minute in various

particulars, but it is curious that they are usually silent

on the points that I desire to draw attention to. One

consequence of this is, that almost every fact that I here

report has had to be observed by myself, with no assist-

ance from any published description. The reference to

the pupa of Nascia cilialis, described by Mr. W. H. B.

Fletcher, is, indeed, almost the only exception, though

I am indebted to various correspondents for materials

for observation. This is one excuse for calling attention

to the subject as early as possible. It is very desirable

that these omissions may in the future be supplied, and

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1893.—PARTI. (MARCH.) H

98 Dr. Chapman on some neglected points

that the description of an interesting pupa may not be

found wanting, as at present it constantly is, in just the

most important particulars.

The pupe of the great mass of Lepidoptera Hetero-

cera are of one or other of two forms characterised by

very distinct and decided characters; the exceptions

are, in a few instances, amongst the Tineina: with

regard to these, I require to obtain more material and

devote more study to them before venturing to say

whether they are aberrant forms of either of the two

principal divisions, whether they include perchance

connecting forms, or whether they represent other and

distinct divisions of equal importance (except in numbers)

with the two principal divisions ; but I think it probable

that instances of each of these cases present themselves.

One thing is certain, that they prove—already perhaps

sufficiently evident—that the Tineina, instead of being

a homogeneous group like the Geometre or the Tortricina,

contains groups of equal importance, for classificatory

purposes, with them, and is in fact a mere heading for

a number of very different groups of unclassified

affinities, agreeing only in consisting of individuals of

small size.

Before describing in detail these two forms of pupa,

I may make the way clearer by first directing attention

to what I have called the ‘‘ free sezments,’—that is to

say, the segments of the pupa that preserve freedom of

movement. It would, perhaps, be more accurate to

describe incisions where movement is preserved. Thus

in a Noctua pupa we find movement exists between the

fourth and fifth, between the fifth and sixth, and between

the sixth and seventh, abdominal segments ; but such

description is more cumbrous, and therefore more incon-

venient, than to say simply that the fifth and sixth

abdominal segments are ‘‘ free,’—that is, preserve free-

dom of movement with the segments adjacent to them

on both sides, and one has not to revert to the more

accurate but more circumlocutory expression, except

when movement remains in one incision only (as in

Cenonympha pamphilus) when there is no “free

segment,” and the incision at which movement remains

has to be stated.

I have not dealt with the butterflies, which require to

be treated separately from the moths in this matter, as

in the pupe of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 99

their variations in free segments and correlated matters

do not come into line with the moths at all. My

observations on them have, indeed, been too scanty to

do more than show that this is so. I can only say that,

in a few species at least, one finds in Lycenide no

movement, in Satyride one incision with movement, in

Pieride and Erycinide one free segment, in Nymphalide

and Papilionide two free segments.

With the exception, then, of two or three small groups

in the Tineina (so far as my observations extend), the

Heterocera fall, in the matter of ‘‘ free segments,’’ into

the two great classes I have mentioned,—viz., 1st, those

in which the free segments are the fifth and sixth abdo-

minal, and only these, in both sexes; 2nd, those in

which the seventh abdominal segment is free in the

male, fixed in the female.

The first group is remarkably uniform in this, and in

certain correlated characters throughout; whilst the

second presents, along with some very fixed correlated

characters, considerable variations in various directions,

especially in the number of forward abdominal segments

which are free.

These two forms of pupa present other and remark-

able points of difference from each other ; many of these

other characters may be grouped together, as associated

with definite differences of structure. The pupa with

seoments 5 and 6 only, free in both sexes, is that we are

most familiar with, say amongst the Noctue. Such a

pupa presents a hard, strong, chitinous exterior. When

the larval skin is cast, the appendages, legs, wings, &c.,

fall into their places, and he together so as to form a

smooth exterior, which becomes hard and solid, whilst

the surfaces that are hidden by being applied against

each other have but a delicate pupal skin, represented,

when the moth emerges, by a few flimsy shreds, whose

previous position is almost impossible to determine, so

that the empty pupa-case consists almost entirely of that

portion which formed the outer covering. Such a pupa

has been named ‘ obtected,” and was the pupa in view

when the pupa of Lepidoptera was so described.

The pupa with the seventh abdominal segment free in

the male, on the other hand, presents characters that

bring it into line with those of bees and beetles. It is,

toa great extent, “ incomplete,”

H 2

100 Dr. Chapman on some neglected points

These two divisions agree so far with the division into

Macros and Micros that one might almost be satisfied

with those names for the pupe and the groups they

characterise, and I have learned to so regard them so

far as to often use these names. There are, however,

sufficient exceptions to make it desirable perhaps to have

another name, and I will use those just suggested as

being most descriptive. The first form of pupa (Macro)

I will call ‘‘ obtected,” and the group which presents it

“ Obtecte”? (Macros); the other pupa ‘‘ incomplete,”

more strictly semi-incomplete, and the group of moths

presenting it ‘‘ Incomplete’ (Micros).

The semi-incomplete pupa is of course familiar to

every lepidopterist, but I believe little notice has been

given to its peculiarities beyond noticing its motility and

the dorsal spines that facilitate its movements, and

especially it has been regarded, in each family where it

occurs, as a special variation from some allied obtected

form, whereas the truth appears to be that, wherever it

occurs, it presents certain characters that show that its

possessors belong to a separate division from the

Obtecte,—that it is probably a lower form, although

many families of the Incomplete have, in different

directions, acquired higher characters than many of the

Obtecte have; such as the Zygenide in one direction,

the Pterophoride in another, and the Lithocolletide in a

third. Of these characters, none is more constant or

more interesting—not only in itself, but in having, so

far as Iam able to point out, no necessary connection

with the incomplete type—than the freedom of the

seventh segment in the male; nor am I aware that

attention to it has hitherto been directed.

In the pupa of the Incomplete (Micros) the exposed

surface is often perhaps less solid than in the Obtecte,

but at any rate the pupal skin of covered surfaces is

much stronger than in them, and on emergence of the

imago hangs together, so that the nature of each portion

is rarely ditticult to determine, and some portions, as in

Tortrices for instance, the inner wing-coverings, the

portions of segments 2 and 3 (abdominal) covered by

the wings and their intersegmental membranes, are only

a little less firm than the coverings that are fully exposed.

We here want a term to describe the process of breaking

up of the pupa-case on the emergence of the moth, and

in the pupe of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 101

I find “dehiscence” —a term employed in Botany to

describe the method in which the seed-vessels break up

for the escape of the seed—meets the occasion.

On dehiscence these covered portions of the incom-

plete pupa become more or less fully exposed, and the

appendages show an independence of each other quite

at variance with ideas formed from the dehiscence of the

obtected (Macro) pupa. In some Tinee, even before

emergence, the appendages and segments of the pupa—

though apparently fused together—separate, on the least

violence being applied, almost as perfectly as they would

in the imago, without any fracture or tearing occurring:

this would be quite impossible in an obtected (Macro)

pupa.

The pupa of O. antiqua, female, interestingly illustrates

the obtected pupa, and the fixity of the character of the

fifth and sixth abdominal segments only being free ; the

wings and appendages are so short as not to reach the

fourth abdominal segment, which might thus very

easily be free, but there is no movement between it and

the third either before or after dehiscence.

Certain other characters of the pupex of the group

with the seventh abdominal segment free in the male,

which result from, or rather constitute, their ‘‘ ncom-

plete” structure, may now be noted.

In this pupa the head-coverings separate from the rest

of the pupa in dehiscence, yet remain attached to one

another in one piece,—that is, the plate covering the

head and eyes; the antenne-cases and the cases of the

mouth parts separate from the rest of the pupa in one

piece. In the Macro pupa these parts usually separate

from each other; the head-cover is often one piece ; the

two antenne-cases are separate, and the mouth-pieces

may be separate, but more usually the mouth-pieces

remain in one portion with the leg-coverings, and the

antenne-cases either with these or with the wings;

whilst in the few cases (in Sphinges, Notodonts, and

allied Bombyces) in which the head-coverings remain in

one piece, they do so because they remain attached to

the leg- or wing-coverings ; they never remain in one

piece when detached from the rest of the chrysalis-case.

And similarly for the other segments in the Incomplete,

the pupal coverings of the wings, legs, &c., separate

more or less from each other and retain their attachments

102 Dr. Chapman on some neglected points

to their own proper segments, so that the empty pupa-

case affords very often more information, as to the true

relations of its several parts than the living pupa does.

Another aspect of this same peculiarity presents a

feature in the dehiscence in which the Macro and Micro

pupe often markedly differ. An empty Macro pupa

shows at once that the fifth and sixth abdominal seg-

ments were free, and no others; but an empty Micro

pupa leaves much doubt as to which were free segments,

because at many places, where no movement was allowed

in the pupa, movement has taken place in dehiscence.

Thus in Tortrices, where the free segments are four, five,

and six (and seven in male), on dehiscence it would

appear as if the wings were partially free from seg-

ments 2 and 8 (of abdomen), and as if these segments

were free.

If an empty Micro pupa be examined,—and for this

purpose Cossus and Sesia are most convenient, from

their large size,—the cover of any appendage is found

to be nearly perfect ; the antenne-case, for instance, is

a tube with an opening on the inner surface close up to

the head, through which the antenna has been with-

drawn: in a Macro pupa it is a plate only, the inner

side of the tube may or may not present just a discover-

able shred of membrane.

Here an interesting observation presents itself by the

way. ‘The eyes of nearly all lepidopterous pupx have

an outer portion cut off by a sharp line from the upper

and inner portion; and usually this outer portion is

smooth and glassy, whilst the inner is rough, or at least

similar to the rest of the pupa. Scudder (‘ Butterflies

of New England,’ p. 1554) has a short excursus on this

subject, and regards this glazed eye as a remains of an

ancestral pupal eye, and says it occupies the position of

the line of larval ocelli. Now the dehiscence of the

Micro pupa exhibits this piece as having no connection

whatever with the head or eyes, but as belonging to the

prothoracic segment. At any rate, what may be

observed is this :—The antenne-cases are removed from

the groove in which they lie, the first portion of which

is across the prothorax; the pupa-cover of the prothorax

is continuous under this groove, and terminates in front

in this glazed eye, which separates completely from the

head (including true eyes), legs, &c., and forms a tip to

in the pupé of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 108

the prothoracic case. The prothorax is dorsally so de-

generate a structure in Lepidoptera that the same divi-

sions in it, as inthe meso- and meta-thorax, cannot be

made out in the imago, and in the obtected pupa it is

covered by one plate, divided into two lateral portions.

But in the Incomplete (Micro) there is a very narrow

plate, best seen after dehiscence, between this portion

and the head, and it is with this plate that the glazed

eyes are connected. If with this knowledge in hand

one examines a Macro (obtected) pupa, not too near

to the period of emergence, we find that from the sur-

face line dividing the glazed from the true eye, a very

strong dissepiment descends, showing here also that the

two portions, though so closely and constantly asso-

ciated, belong to quite different sections of the insect.

Tam not, of course, prepared to assert that this anterior

portion of the prothorax may not have some less simple

relationships, and may not be found to throw some light

on the question, that is often suggested by the larva,

whether the anterior portion of the second segment,

which is dorsally a double one, does not ventrally con-

tribute to supply portions of the head.*

The nature of the incomplete (Micro) pupa may be

further illustrated by the way in which the long antenne

of Adela and Gracilaria, and some others, when they

project beyond the other appendages, each remains

separate and free to its extremity, and the same occurs

as to the posterior legs in some cases; whilst in Macros

(Obtecté) long antenne are carried carefully round the

margin of the wing (N. cilialis, D. applana), or a long

proboscis is doubled up in a projection (Sphinz,

Cucullia), and go on.

Among the other characters that distinguish the

Micro pupa is one which is closely associated with the -

semi-incomplete nature, that is, the mobility of the

* Mr. Poulton has most kindly shown me certain drawings,

which, with some observations they suggest, appear to prove that

the inner semilunar portion of the glazed eye is the true eye both

of larva, pupa, and imago, and on such a point Mr. Poulton’s

authority 1s unquestionable. What I have regarded as part of the

dorsal prothorax would therefore prove to be really part of the

head. In any case, what I am just now most concerned to show,

viz., that there is a remarkable difference here, in structure and

dehiscence, between the obtected and incomplete pupa, remains

unatfected.—T, A, C,

104 Dr. Chapman on some neglected points

Micro pupa. No Macro pupa leaves its cocoon or other

place of pupation for the emergence of the moth; though

this would often appear to be a desirable accomplish-

ment, as, for instance, for the Nonagrias, the Chilos, the

Acronyctas, that bore into wood or the many Noctue and

others that bury themselves deeply in the soil for pupa-

tion. The Micro pupe all do this, and are armed with

various rows of hooks and spines on the abdominal seg-

ments to facilitate the process. To this rule the Ptero-

phort form an exception. They have a free seventh

male segment, and in dehiscence are true Micros, yet

the pupa is fixed.

There is another distinction in habit between Macros

and Micros that is possibly accidental, as it is by no

means a universal one; still it is the case that Macros

love to hibernate as pups. Micros very much avoid

doing so. I say possibly accidental, because there are

many families in both groups in which different species

hibernate in different stages, and not a few genera even

in which such a variety of habit is found; therefore, if

this habit was originally a distinction between the two

forms, it is not surprising that it has been broken in

upon in many directions. But it seems probable that

the semi-incomplete Micro pupa is inherently less

adapted to hibernation than the fully obtected Macro.

Many Micros pass the winter as larve in their cocoons,

changing to pup in the spring. Among the Macros

(Obtecte), this habit is only common among the Pyrales.

A curious illustration of this peculiarity is recorded by

Mr. Healy in E. M.M., vol. iv., p. 10, in the case of

Antispila (a true Micro, and probably indeed belonging to

the Adelide). Treitschkiella passes the winter in its

cocoon as a full-fed larva, but Pfeifferella as a pupa; but

the moth begins to develop within it at once, and is well

advanced before winter is fully set in, so that the hiber-

nation is not truly that of a pupa. Lithocolletes (and

Gracilaria?) present the largest proportion of instances

of hibernating pupe of any Micro genera ; it is a curious

coincidence that these have the first four abdominal seg-

ments fixed as in Macros.

In examining the mouth parts of the pupe of certain

Adelids (Lampronia, Incurvaria, Adela, &c.), I found a

structure that was new to me, and which to avoid theory

I called the ‘‘eye-collar.” It is a narrow strip lying

in the pupe of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 105

transversely immediately below the eye, and stretching

from the maxille to the antenne, and comparable in

width with the antenne or tarsi. I suspected it to

clothe some mouth part, but the curious thing was that

it did not appear to unite with the mouth parts, though

closely approaching them, but seemed to come from

beneath the antenna. ‘The possibility that it was some

appendage of the prothorax was thus suggested. I then

found the same organ in the pupa of Sesiide (Bembeci-

formis, Tipuliformis, and others), and, looking to the size

of Bembeciformis, felt sure I should have no difficulty in

determining what the ‘“‘ eye-collar” really was. In the

meantime I had submitted the problem to our great

authority on pupal morphology, Mr. E. B. Poulton, but

he had not met with the structure, and was unable to

suggest what it was. When Bembeciformis was ready

to emerge, and also on emergence, I carefully examined

this structure, and whilst disappointed in the hope of

determining the question, found the problem much more

interesting by the circumstance that this pupal structure

did not contain any imaginal part, but was empty. I

succeeded, however, shortly after, in solving the problem,

by means of the pupa of Nepticula, in which the “ eye-

collar”? is very well developed. It proved to be the

case of the maxillary palpus, and the appearance of

coming not from the mouth, but from under the antenne

and passing inwards, was in agreement with the actual

fact. The palpus 5- (or 6-?) jointed, on leaving the

maxilla, passes backwards in the angle between the head

and prothorax, until it is situated deeply beneath the

antenna, then it turns forwards to the antenna, and only

reaches the surface by emerging from beneath the

antenna and turning inwards, forming the “ eye-collar,”

which contains only its terminal joints, the others being

concealed deeply.

The greatest interest of this observation perhaps con-

sists in the light it throws on the relationship of Sestide

and others, showing that they are descended from

ancestors with well-developed maxillary palpi, which

are still retained in the pupal state.

The ‘‘eye-collar’’ is also well developed in the

Cochliopodide, which in many respects closely approach

Nepticule, and in almost the whole Tineal section.

As to the maxillary palpi, indeed, I do not know any

106 Dr. Chapman on some neglected points

facts that would actually contradict an addition to the de-

finition of Obtecte and Incomplete that would state the

former to be without maxillary palpi, the latter to have

them, or some trace of them at least, in the pupa state.

The very simple maxillary palpi of Pyrales would

appear to be an exception to this. They are less ap-

parent in the pupa than in the imago. ‘Traces at least

of jointed maxillary palpi always exist in a Micro pupa.

The development of the maxillary palpi will deserve a

special research. Lithocolletes is the only form of In-

complete, except Pterophorus, and in some degree Zygena,

in which the ‘‘ eye-collar” is difficult to detect in the

pupa, whilst many families possess a largely-developed

‘“ eye-collar,” whose imagines have no maxillary palpi.

In these there exists, therefore, theoretically, a 5- or

6-jointed maxillary palpi. In Obtecte no maxillary palpi

are seen in the pupa, and in those Pyraloids that possess

one it is small and simple, and does not reach the surface

in the pupa.

I have suggested that these characters probably have

much value for purposes of classification. This idea

arises from the circumstance that they are apparently

very constant throughout each family, and thus suggest

a classification that happens to be nearly identical with

that now accepted; that they confirm certain more or

less recent movements of groups or families to fresh

positions; and that where they are at variance with

accepted classification, it is usually with reference to

small groups whose present position is already held to

be open to much doubt.

The true Macros are at once separable from the re-

maining Obtecte by a larval character, but I have not

succeeded in determining a corresponding character in

the pupa. In the Macros proper the full-grown larva

has the hooks of the abdominal (4 ventral pairs) prolegs

developed only along their inner margin, whilst in the

remainder (Pyraloids ?) the hooks form a complete circle

on the four pairs in 7, 8, and 9, and 10 segments (8,

4,5, and 6 abdominal). Iam not aware that any abso-

lute diagnosis of Macro-Heterocera has hitherto been

given, though every tyro believes in its existence.

The structure of the prolegs has received too little

attention, and I do not know that anyone has noted that

it differs in different families. A.S. Packard, in a recent

in the pupe of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 107

paper, appears to refer to all that has been written on

the subject, and it does not amount to much.

My own observations are still very imperfect, and the

subject, like that of the pups, is a large one, with room

for a great deal of work. The best records of individual

species I am acquainted with is that in Scudder’s

‘ Butterflies of New England,’ a work which is a model

in many other respects.

I think one finds in the Adelide some indications of

how the prolegs and their hooks were developed. If, as

is perhaps hardly probable, they do not present us with

the actual history of their development, they, by re-

version or some other process, give us what are probably

some of the stages. In Hriocephala (Micropteryx pars)

there are no prolegs. In’ Nemotois (fasciellus) and

Adela (rufimitrella) there are series of chitinous points,

beautifully arranged in rows like the teeth of a shark,

the larger in front, those in each row alternating with

those in the next rows, and gradually getting smaller

till they merge in the fifth or sixth row in the ordinary

integumental points. In the ordinary position of each

proleg there are two such sets of points facing each other

along a transverse line (only the anterior set in segment

10). In Incurvaria muscalella the prolegs have two rows

of hooks, facing each other in this way along a trans-

verse line. In Lampronia capitella the young larva has

no hooks, but the full-grown larva has hooks placed in

a circle, yet with gaps showing that they are still an

anterior and posterior set.

In Tortrices the row of hooks is usually double; that

is, there are longer and shorter hooks, but they are

always in one perfect row; but in other families we find

that traces of the multiple rows of Nemotois persists.

This is the case in Hepialus. In Sestide again the circle

of hooks is flattened antero-posteriorly, and weak or

wanting at the outer and inner ends, showing a rela-

tionship to Incurvaria.

The anal prolegs very rarely have more than the

anterior half developed. In Hepialus the circle is fairly

complete.

The Crambide have hooks of alternate size like

Tortria (as have other Pyraloids), Crambus often

(always ?) has 3 sizes of hooks alternated in one row.

Though it is outside my brief, I cannot help referring

108 Dr. Chapman on some neglected points

to the case of the Hesperide, that in their three rows of

hooks show a persistence of Adelid (or at least very low)

structure, whilst the true butterflies (adult larve) have

the same structure as the true Macros.*

The proleg then seems to reach its full development

with a complete circle of hooklets. A higher develop-

ment of the insect is accompanied by a fuller develop-

ment of the inner half of this circle, but by the

degeneration and disappearance of the outer half. This

may often be followed out in Macros, where the young

larva has Pyraloid prolegs, which often suddenly (at

one moult), or more gradually (in two or three) assume

in the full-grown larva the unilateral Macro (proper)

type.

I think there can be little doubt, since it accords with

conclusions arrived at on other grounds, that the highest

Lepidoptera-Heterocera are those that possess unilateral

prolegs in their first stages. This is the case in (some

at any rate) Sphinges, Notodonts, &c., and also in

Nycteolide, recently promoted, but for long kept among

the Tortrices. They are, however, true Macros, and of

a high type, probably as high as the Sphinges, but pro-

bably in no way related to them. The pupe are wholly

unlike any Micros, and are of strictly Macro type, with

fifth and sixth abdominal segments free.

The true Macros thus defined (pupa with only fifth

and sixth abdominal segments free, adult larva with

only inner half of proleg furnished with hooks), cor-

respond precisely with those usually so called, including

Nycteolide, Nolide, Deltoides, &c., with the exception

of a group of Micros that have been placed with them

only on account of their size, and whose relationship

to each other has been at length recognised by getting

them all close together, though they are nearly related

to each other in no other way than that they are all

Micros (Incomplete). These are the Zygenide, Sesiide,

Cosside, Zeuzeride, Cochliopodide, and the Psychide,

if the latter are not already by common consent placed

with the Tinea.

The other sections of Obtecte—the Pyraloids—include

the Pyralids, Phycids, Crambi, Eudoride, and certain

* Some pup of Hesperide I have seen look as if the 7th was,

or had recently been, free in the g; but I have seen very few

altogether.

in the pupe of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 109

groups usually placed in the Tinee, some of which (like

the Gelechide) are sufficiently allied to the rest of the

group to be undoubtedly Pyraloids: others of which

may be entitled to form groups of the Obtecte of equal

value with the Macros (proper) and Pyraloids. But

here I must say that I have not examined enough species

of each group, or minutely enough, to give more than a

a very provisional opinion. These groups are the

Epigraphiide, Hyponomeutide, Plutellide, Gicophoride,

Argyresthide, Coleophoride, and possibly a few genera

of doubtful position.

I have not formed any strong opinion as to the value

of the remarkable character of many Gelechid pupx, by

which the movement of the free segments is confined to

an antero-posterior one only, with something of the

manner that belongs to the movement of the click-

beetles. There are several oddities among the Pyrales,

and this seems hardly a sufficient one to require a dis-

tinct class.

Of the Pyraloid families mentioned above, the Hypo-

nomeutide, Argyresthide, and Coleophoride, seem to be

those that are most probably of value corresponding to

the Macros (proper) and Pyraloids, whilst the others

rather fallin line with the other families of Pyraloids.

As to this I am by no means confident, but the Coleo-

phoride, for instance, have a pupa of by no means the

hard texture of a Macro or Pyraloid, and it is not eylin-

drical, having on each side of the dorsum a deep hollow

so that a cross section presents re-entering angles.

Finally, there is Alucita.

It is curious that in all these groups, whether they

be classed as Pyraloids in one group or separately, the

larve have 16 legs, and complete circles of hooks on

abdominal prolegs, differing in this way from the Macros

(proper) where we have groups with 14 and 12 and 10

legs (missing legs lost), and from the Micros (Incom-

plete), where variations occur even to an apodal state

(missing prolegs often (?) never acquired). I think it

is also true that though nearly all are more or less con-

cealed feeders, leaf-miners are wanting, or very rare.

The Micro (Incomplete) pup are more interesting

than the Macros, in so far that they present much more

variety. Their incomplete character suggests that they

are a lower form than the Obtecte, and this is confirmed

110 Dr. Chapman on some neglected points

by their close resemblance to many tipulid pup, espe-

cially those of some gall-gnats, a resemblance that ap-

pears to be one of relationship rather than accidental,

from the dipterous pupa having hind wings, although

the imago has halters, and from the imago presenting

scales of quite a lepidopterous character.

In the Micros the number of free segments varies,

the 7th is always fixed in the female and free in the

male, except in Hepialus, when the 7th segment tends

to become fixed in the male, and Iam not sure that it is

always quite free in all Gracilarias, but in both these

cases the pupa is in other respects so typically Micro

and related to other species in which the 7th (male)

segment is free that no doubt of their position can

arise.

Another character, that of free mobility, is also uni-

versal, except in the Pterophorids, which are typical

Micros in “incompleteness,” dehiscence, and 7th male

segment.

This character of the Pterophori probably entitles

them to the highest place in the division. There is,

however, a competitor on another ground, viz., the

Zygenide. In the Obtecte (Macros) we found the higher

portion, the Macros proper, distinguished from the

Pyraloids and others by the character of the abdominal

prolegs, viz., that they had hooks only on the inner

sides. This same distinction obtains in the Zygenide,

which are thus parallel with the Macros (proper).

This character of prolegs is no doubt correlated with

the habit of feeding externally. The complete circle,

with feeding internally or under a web, between united

leaves, &c. The external habit is very rare amongst the

Micros, and indeed only exists, besides the Zygenide,

in the Cochliopodide, where it has been met in a different

manner: and in Micropteryx (calthella), which possesses

well-developed true legs (and anomalous abdominal

legs). These three families are therefore close together.

The free segments of Zygena and Limacodes are the

same (8456 -—84,567), and the curious appendages in

calthella larva may represent the urticating organs of

Cochliopod larve. Among the Macros proper the in-

ternal and concealed feeders retain the true Macro

structure, and must be supposed to be descended from

external feeders, and to have reverted to the ancient

un the pupe of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. a Pe

habit, without having regained the correlated structure

so far as the prolegs are concerned.

Zygena has the 3rd and 4th, 5th and 6th (and 7th in

3) abdominal segments free; it very markedly opens

the other incisions on dehiscence, and has the other

characters of a Micro dehiscence—head parts united

together and separate from the others, internal pupal

coverings very distinct, pupa emerges from cocoon, &c.

It possesses ill-developed eye-collars (maxillary palpi).

It is the only one I have noticed to retain the glazed eye

with the head parts; they separate from the anterior

prothoracic case, which is distinctly developed. The

dehiscence is otherwise typically ‘‘ incomplete.”

In Pterophorus the dehiscence is also characteristically

incomplete, the free segments are (abdominal) 4, 5, and

6 in the female, 4, 5, 6, 7 in the male.

The remaining Incomplete (Micros) are not very easily

divisible, but appear to form two groups that we may

call Tortrices and Tinee, or rather Tortricoids and

Tineoids, but I find a difficulty in stating any definite

characters (pupal) to divide them. The best appears

to be in the development of the maxillary palpi. In the

Tinee these are always well developed in the pupe. In

the Tortrices they are ill-developed or almost wanting.

In Cossus, after dehiscence, the cases of the maxillary

palpi are small but quite evident, and the same obtains

in most Tortrices.

There are, however, a few TZinee in which it is also

ill-developed.

Perchance the Tortricoids and Tineoids should be

taken as one group and divided according to the seg-

ments that are free, or a division might be made by

defining the Tortricoids as having a row of spines along

the hind margins of the segments. This would some-

what vary the grouping.

The Tortrices proper form the greater part of the

section of Tortricoids. They are distinguished by

having the 4th, 5th, and 6th segments free in both

sexes, and the 7th also in the male, by having two rows

of hooks for progression across the dorsum of each

segment, and by the marked way in which the 2nd and

3rd (abdominal) segments become free on dehiscence,

whilst retaining a modified attachment to the wing cases.

There are still many genera of Tortrices that I have not

112 Dr. Chapman on some neglected points

been able to examine, but there is so great a uniformity

amongst those that I have examined that I hardly expect

to meet among the others with any wide departure from

the type. Fabriciana differs from Tortrices in the hinder

set of dorsal points being wanting, in the 2nd segment

not so markedly becoming free on dehiscence, and in the

wing cases projecting over 4th segment (though free

from it), though this feature does occur in true Tortrices.

The pedicellate legs of the iarva also point to this

family, though very close to Tortrix, being entitled to a

separate place. The egg is very curious.

In Cossus I can find no character at any stage to dis-

tinguish it from Tortrices. The pupa may be taken as

(very conveniently from its large size) showing the

Tortrix character. The larva, with its circles of hooks

of alternate lengths on the prolegs, is of strictly Tortrix

pattern. The imago agrees with Tortrix in every detail,

the venation is almost identical with that of C. pomonana,

the palpi, spurs on legs, &c., are the same, the wing

pattern closely resembles that of Retinia, to which its

habits suggest it is probably closely allied. The dorsal

structure of the metathorax in Cossus agrees absolutely

with Tortriz, the metascutum being divided into two

lateral parts that just meet in the middle line without

uniting. In nearly all true Macros these two portions

are widely separate, whilst they unite in the middle

line, forming one piece in certain Tinee only, especially

Adelids. It is of interest to find that this same Tineal

conformation is strongly marked in Hepialus, and less

so in Sesia and Limacodes. I am indebted to Dr. Wood for

calling my attention to this interesting point; it is one

we have yet done little more than glance at, though it

is referred to by several authorities.

Zeuzera and Hepialus differ from Tortriz in having

the 3rd abdominal segment free, but in a peculiar and

modified manner: the wing cases project over it, and

appear to be fixed to it, but really the incision between

it and 2nd is bent backwards as it passes towards the

ventral surface, a very unusual modification of structure,

which impedes the free movement of 3 on 2. In arun-

dinis the dorsal spines become less developed poste-

riorly. Of Hepialus I have not been able to get abundant

material, but certain pupx, apparently males, have the

7th segment fixed, or nearly so; if this is so, it is clearly

in the pupe of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 118

related to the very unusual immense ventral flange on

that segment and the great dwarfing of segments 8, 9,

and 10. These and all the other characters of Hepialus

would lead one to place it very distinctly from Cossus,

yet there appear to exist in Australia many forms uniting

Cossus, Zeuzera, and Hepialus into one family, both in

their imaginal and pupal characters, and it must be in

Australia that the derivation of a Hepialid form from an

Adelid one, and of Tortrix from the Cossus side of the

group, must be worked out. No doubt intermediate forms

do or did exist between any two families that may be

named, and therefore that we know many of them in

any particular case, as that of Cossus and Hepialus,

should not prevent us regarding these as tolerably wide

apart.

The metathoracic structure of Hepialus came as a very

unexpected confirmation of the idea that of the Tortri-

coid group it was the nearest to the lower Adelids, and,

despite its specialisation, was near the line by which

Tortrix was derived from some Adelid form.

Since the removal of Cossus, &c., from the Bombyces

to the Micros will have to meet a great deal of what has

become almost instinctive belief, I may mention one or

two further points supporting the Micro character of

these families. To take, first, the pupa: there is in the

pupal outline of the Micros (Incomplete), viewed laterally,

a strong tendency to form a waist by the sinking in dor-

sally of the 5th segment (1st abdominal) ; this is almost

unknown in the Macros (Obtecte). This is well seen in

Cossus (as in all Tortrices). Bembeciformis presents this

character markedly.

The wing-patterns of all (? Arctia, &c.) true Macros con-

sist of transverse lines in certain well-known positions,

and of certain stigmata. These do not exist very dis-

tinctly in many of the Pyraloids, except, perhaps, true

Phycids, and are wholly wanting in all Incomplete.

The Adelide may be taken as showing the fundamental

pattern in these, a uniform colour strongly tending to be

metallic, and with markings in irregular patches and

spots (L. rubiella) ; the more definite pattern of L. capi-

tella also obtains largely amongst Micros. Now, none of

these families—Zygena, Cossus, Sesia, &e.—present the

Macro pattern; Zygena, the highest of them, has even

retained the metallic tints of Adela, and is marked by

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 18935.—PART I, (MARCH.) TI

114 Dr. Chapman on some neglected points

irregular blotches. These also occur in Zeuzera, and

are extraordinarily developed, as well as metallic surface,

in some exotic Hepiali. The blotching in Zeuzera seems

to have settled down into transverse striation in Cossus,

from which the passage through Retinia to Carpocapsa

is easy to some of the definite (but far from Macro)

patterns of Tortriz markings.

When we come to the Tineoid section of the Micros,

or true Tineina, I must assert that my ignorance greatly

exceeds my knowledge; that is to say, that I have

examined several species of all the larger genera, and

have examined a good number of other genera, but there

are still genera of which I know nothing ; and whilst I

do not expect these will alter the general outline, they

will no doubt throw considerable light on some details,

and will probably present some interesting and anomalous

forms, as it is amongst these that the largest variety

exists, both in the larval and pupal states. Here almost

every genus presents a slightly different type, whilst

among the Macros (true) an extensive field affords only

one type; and among the Tortrices it seems to be much

the same.

The Tineoid section of Incomplete therefore wants

study of larger material than I yet have, in order to say

anything very decided about them.

In Nepticula we have as typical an example as any;

the parts of the pupa separate readily on slight violence,

so much so that it is not easy to be sure whether the

first free segment is the 2nd abdominal or the 38rd, but I

believe it is the latter. This is also the case in Lima-

codes, in Tischeria, and in Adelids. In Tinea and in

Sesia, and in Psychide, the first free segment is the 4th,

but I have not examined enough Tinee to say that this

is the rule in the genus. Lvthocolletes and Gracilaria

present the first four abdominal segments fixed as in

Obtecte, but in all other characters—7th free in male,

dehiscence, mobility, eye-collar, &¢.—they are typical

Incomplete. Gracilaria shows free extremities to legs

and antenne in some instances. In G. elongella there

seems to be a tendency to the 7th segment becoming

fixed in the male; when I say a tendency, I have seen

some male pupe (empty) in which I could not satisfy

myself that it was free, though distinctly so in others.

As there are many genera of the Tineina of which I

in the pupe of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 115

know nothing, the following list will probably be length-

ened ; but I may note certain species as not, so far as 1

have yet studied them, clearly belonging to either of the

sections (Obtecte and Incomplete) ; Hlachistide (Tischeria

belongs to Incomplete) ; Perittia, Lyonetide (Bucculatrix

belongs to Incomplete; the free segments are 4, 5, 6

(and 7), eye-collar not detected). To go into any detail

as to these till the structure of many more species has

been noted would be of little use.

I think it is probable that the association of the

Sesiids with the Tineids will not meet with much

objection. I have already referred to the well-developed

maxillary palpus of the pupa as a remarkable confirma-

tion of this position, as well as to the Tineid character

of the larval prolegs. But possibly a little more detail

as to Limacodes may be required. In many respects

Limacodes and Nepticula seem extremely different; apart

from the matter of size, the former is an external feeder.

Then the venation of Nepticula is crippled by the minute

size of the moths, so as to render them very different,

though probably not essentially so in this respect. It

is therefore somewhat surprising to find a resemblance

that is almost identity in the pupa. In both the pupal

skin is very delicate ; the free abdominal segments begin

at the 8rd, if not at the 2nd; the appendages are easily

separated, as they might be in a bee or beetle pupa; the

dorsal spines are arranged in several rows of small equal

points towards the dorsal margin of the segment. ‘The

maxillary palpus (eye-collar) is strongly developed, large

and obvious in T'estudo; in Asellus it stretches right

across from the antenne to the mouth-parts, and on

dehiscence remains attached to the head coverings. It

is, indeed, larger proportionally in these species, where

it is obsolete in the imago, than in Nepticula or others,

where it persists in the imago. The pupa emerges from

the cocoon in much the same manner, and leaves a very

delicate pupa-case, in which, after the manner of the

Incomplete, the covered parts are nearly as strong as the

exposed.

‘The larva passes the winter in a passive state in the

cocoon, changing in spring; whilst its apod character

might be explained by its very recent descent from a

footless mining larva. The urticating properties of

sundry exotic species of the group may perhaps be

116 Dr. Chapman on some neglected points

allied in nature to the secretion by some of these miners,

and especially Nepticula, of some poison that retards the

autumnal decay of the leaf they inhabit.

The imago is without maxillary palpi, but the pupa

proves this to have been quite recently lost. When we

examine the metathorax, the anterior section (scutum)

has at first sight a Macro structure, that is, there are

two well-developed lateral portions; but on close obser-

. vation these are found to be continuous in a narrow but

distinct chitinous ridge, such as does not occur in any of

the Macro section of the Obtecte.

Nepticula and Limacodes present us, indeed, with the

Incomplete pupa in an extreme form; the empty pupa-

skin has every segment and each appendage quite free

from the others. The dorsal armature consists, in

Cochliopods, of a number of rows of very fine spines, all

belonging to one series. In the species of Nepticula I

have examined there are no spines to the hind margin,

but the anterior set is in some species a single row of

largish spines, in others two rows and three rows; in

the latter instances the spines are much smaller. There

is therefore a variability in the armature that might

easily extend to include the Cochliopod form.

Nepticula, however, has one character that I have not

met with elsewhere, viz., the antenne-cases on dehiscence

divide into the cover of the first joint and that of the

remainder, each separate from the head, yet still held

together sufficiently to keep their places fairly.

I have only had a portion of a pupa-case of Micropteryx

(calthella), so do not like to insist further than I have

already done on the association (from larval characters)

of Zygena, Limacodes, and Micropteryx.

In Sesia the larval prolegs, the strong development of

the maxillary palpi, and the continuity in the imago of

the anterior section of the metathorax across the middle

line, appear to determine its place among the Tineoids

in spite of some Tortricoid characters, such as the pos-

terior dorsal rows of spines.

Though I have, regarding this communication as

largely preliminary, omitted detail wherever I could,

as, for instance, I see I treat Alucita in four words,

though this covers the rearing of a number from the

egg and the examination of some dozens of pupe, I

ought, perhaps, to note the ova of Zygena and Lima-

in the pupe of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 117

codes. The former has a very delicate transparent

shell, and the whole egg looks so soft and unprotected

that it seems more suited for the internal situation of an

Adelid egg than the exposed position in which it is laid ;

whilst that of Limacodes asellus is a flat, colourless,

transparent speck, much like that of Nepticula, but not

resembling that of any true Bombyx.

I have specially avoided notice of those Tineine that

appear to present some indications of transition between

the Obtecte and Incomplete. But of those that are in no

sense transitional, it is interesting to note, in the Pyrales,

the possession of maxillary palpi, and the habit of hyber-

nating as full-fed larve, characters much commoner in

Incomplete ; and in the Lithocolletes, on the other hand,

the obsolescence of the maxillary palpi, the habit of

hybernating as a pupa, and the loss of freedom in the

first four abdominal segments. Remaining, however,

true Incomplete in the free 7th male segment, in

mobility, in dehiscence, and in the facility with which

the appendages separate in a sound pupa.

I have endeavoured to show the leading points in a

tabular form, but, like all linear arrangements, it does

not give the proper values to the several facts, emphasi-

sing some and slurring over others.

I hope some day to go into details as to some of the

families, when I have material to more fully work them

out; but I hope that others more able will in many in-

stances forestall me.

To summarise the facts here brought forward. There

are two very distinct types of pupx in the Lepidoptera-

Heterocera, each presenting such a constant set of

characters that the members of each group must be more

closely related together than to any of the other group.

This shows the true relationships of the group of

Macros (?) Zygena, Sesia, Hepialus, Cossus, &c.

It also shows the Pterophorids to be unrelated either

to Pyraloids or to Alucitids.

It shows some of the directions in which the Tineina

must be divided.

The existence of a well-developed maxillary palpus in

sundry pup whose imagines are without it.

A certain amount of light on the relations of the

glazed eye.

A definite diagnosis of Macro-Heterocera.

118 Dr. Chapman on some neglected points

LEPIDOPTERA-HETEROCERA.

A.—OBTECT A.—Pupa smooth and rounded, externally solid, inner

dissepiments flimsy. Free segments in both sexes

5th and 6th (abl.). Never emerges from cocoon, or

progresses in any way. Dehiscence by irregular frac-

ture.

4.—Macros.—Larva with hooks of ventral prolegs on inner side

only. (Exposed feeders.) Sphinges, Bombyces, Nolide,

Nycteolide, Noctuina, Geometre.

2.—Pyraloids.—Larva with complete circle of hooks to ventral

prolegs. (Concealed feeders.) Pyrales, Phycide, Eudo-

ride, Crambide, Gelechide, Plutellide, Gicophoride.

(Epigraphiide, Alucitide.)

3.————?.—Doubtiul whether Pyraloids or of separate (classifi-

catory) value. Hyponymeutide, Argyresthide, Coleo-

phoride. (Perittia?), (Hlachistide ?).

B.—INCOMPLETA.—Pupa less solid and rounded, appendages often

partially free. Free segments may extend upwards to

3rd (abdominal). 7th always free in male, fixed in

female. Dehiscence accompanied by freeing of seg-

ments and appendages previously fixed. (Except in 1)

pupa progresses and emerges from cocoon.

14.—Pupa attached by cremaster. Free segments. 4567. 456.

Pterophorina.

2.—Pupa free to move and emerge from cocoon.

a.— Larva concealed feeder, often miner, and usually rather

active when not cramped by mine.

1.—Free segments. 56. 567. Lithocolletide, Gracilariide.

2.—Free segments. 456. 4567.

a.—TinEai (Tineide, Psychide, Sesiide).

b.—Torrrices (TLortricina, Cossus, Exapate, Simethis).

(Castnia.)

3.—Free segments. 3456. 34567.

a.—ZEvzERA and Heptauus tend to lose 3rd as a free seg-

ment (are gaining it as a fixed segment ?).

b.—TISCHERIA.

c.—ADELIDH. Ovipositor (of imago) formed for piercing

plant-tissues.

d.—Nepticuntip®. Antenne separate from head in dehis-

cence,

in the pupe of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 119

b.—Larva exposed feeder. Slug-like in form and movements,

head very retractile. Free segments. 3 4 5 6 7.

3456.

1.—Micropreryeipx.* Hight pairs abdominal legs, curious ap-

pendages, moss feeders.

2.—CocuiiopopIpm. Legs evanescent, but traces of extra pairs

and of curious appendages. Max. palps large in pupa,

not in imago.

3.—Zycmnipm. Legs of Macro type. Max. palps evanescent

in pupa.

c.—————?.—-Pupa with no free segments, appendages adherent

to all abdominal segments. Lyonetia, Cemiostoma,

Bedellia.

Note.—Eriocephala (Micropteryx purpurella, &c.) appears by imaginal

characters to belong to Adelide. But the pupa is truly Incomplete, not

semi-incomplete, as all the other Incomplete are,—that is, the appendages

are all absolutely distinct and free, and all the abdominal segments are

‘‘free’’; moreover, it possesses working jaws.

* I have only seen a portion of a pupa of these, and of Psychids

I have had none of my own, and have not been able to examine them

freely.—T. A. C.

oe

AE Fog et

Nama

i)

we

at

4 ti

it igh: th

Ny ihe ~

) h

as ee mgt .

*

,

ee

VII. Description of a new butterfly of the genus Calinaga

from Siam. By James Cosmo Meuviuu, M.A., F.L.S.

| Read December 7th, 1892.|

Puate VII.

Calinaga Sudassana, sp.n.

?. Wings: Upper side smoky grey, subhyaline, merging into

black towards the outer margin beyond the disco-cellular ner-

vules; primaries elongate-triangular ; costa somewhat arched, with

whitish grey powdering of scales between this and the subcostal

nervules; posterior margin slightly emarginate, having a double

series of submarginal white spots in the following arrangement :—

Two in the centre of the space between the lowest subcostal and

the upper discoidal nervules, two a little wider apart between the

two discoidal nervules, two smaller and closer together between the

lower discoidal and the first median nervule. Between this latter

and the second median nervule the outer spot all but touches the

posterior margin; the inner is central, large, and whitish; there is

a large grey dash between this and the median nervure, and there are

similar markings between the second and third median nervules,

Between this last and the submedian nervure the spots and dashes

get more conspicuous and almost confluent, merging into the space

between the submedian nervure and the anal angle in a long sweep

of almost unbroken light grey, nearly corresponding in size to the

discoidal cell, which is of a similar colour, with slight central

clouding of darker hue; the median nervure is very distinctly

clothed with black scales, as in C. Buddha (Moore), and the ner-

vules in hke manner also are very marked. The secondaries have

also a double row of submarginal spots; the discoidal cell and

abdominal margin pale hyaline grey, the latter tinged very con-

spicuously and prominently with bright ochraceous yellow; the

median nervure notably clothed with dark black scales, as also the

median nervule. Under side as in the upper, but less clearly

marked, the black giving way to a suffused brown, and the clear

ochre-yellow at the abdominal angle of the secondaries is barely

noticeable. Thorax reddish crimson, with long soft hairs. Abdo-

men black, with scattered black hairs. In the two specimens I

TRANS. ENT. S0C. LOND. 1893.—pPaRT II. (JUNE.) K

122 Description of a new,butterfly.

have examined very slight variation in the submarginal spots of

the primaries is alone discernible. Expanse of wings, 4 in.

Hab. Mountainous regions about 100 miles N.W. of

Chieng Mai, Siam. Coll. Richard Roberts, C.E.

Three specimens obtained, which are now in the col-

lections of the Hon. Walter Rothschild, Mr. Hastings

Charles Dent, F.L.S., and my own, respectively.

This species is in many respects like the type of the

genus, C. Buddha (Moore), from N. India (Cat. Lep. in

Mus. H.E.I.C., vol.i., pp. 162, 163 (1857) ), but a hand-

somer insect, and principally conspicuous for the bright

yellow blotch at the abdominal margin of the secondaries.

In size it slightly exceeds that species also. Antenne,

thorax, and abdomen wholly correspond with C. Buddha.

EXPLANATION OF Puate VII.

Fic. 1. Calinaga Sudassana, sp.n.

Be ae under side.

VIII. On some new or imperfectly-known species of South

African butterflies. By Rouanp Tren, F.R.5.,

F.L.S., &c., Curator of the South African Museum,

Cape Town.

[Read February 8th, 1893. |

Puate VIII.

The butterflies described in this paper are as follows, vid. :—

LYCAHNIDA.

Lycena Grahami, n.sp. 3, 9. Cape Colony.

» procera,n.sp. g,9. Natal.

‘ Osiris, Hopff. 9. Natal.

3) Sankeri,n.sp. ¢), 2. Natal:

Lycenesthes neglecta, Trim. ¢?. Natal.

om Millari,n.sp. g. Natal.

op minima,n.sp. g, 2. Natal.

Zeritis simplex, u.sp. g, 9. Cape Colony, Damaraland, &e.

PAPILIONIDA.

Papilio Junodi,n.sp. 3g, 9. Delagoa Bay.

HESPERID. .

Pamphila Roncilgonis, Plétz. g, 9. Delagoa Bay and Angola.

a detecta,n.sp. g,9. Natal.

Hight of these eleven species are forms apparently undescribed hitherto;

and of the remaining three species, two have been known in the male

sex only, while another has been insufficiently described.

Family LYCAANIDA.

Genus Lycmna, Fab.

Lycena Grahami, n. sp. (Pl. VIIL., figs. 1 (3), 2 (¢).

Exp. al. (g‘), Lin. 4—5 lin.; (@), 1 in. 6 lin.

3. Glossy, rather deep violaceous blue (not so pale as in

L. patricia, Trim., or so glittering as in L. Caffrarie, Trim.), with

narrow but pronounced fuscous hind-marginal edging; cilia

white, shining, more or less completely interrupted with fuscous

at ends of nervules. Fore wing; Terminal disco-cellular fuscous

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1892.—PART II. (JUNE.) K 2

124 Mr. Roland Trimen on some new

mark rather indistinct, almost linear. Hind wing ; Costal margin

bordered with fuscous grey as far as 1st subcostal nervule ; be-

tween 1st and 2nd median nervules a hind-marginal blackish spot,

not strongly marked, elongated longitudinally; mo tail on Ist

median nervule. Unprer stpE.—Brownish grey (darker than in

L. patricia, and greyer than in L. Caffrarie) ; ordinary terminal

disco-cellular mark, and discal and submarginal series of spots,

darker and browner than ground colour, and on both sides white-

edged ; in hind wing a conspicuous white discal transverse bar

(much as in L. Pephredo, Trim., but not so sinuate) formed by

confluence of the diffuse outer white edging of the discal macular

series and inner lunulate edging of inner submarginal macular

series ; nervular interruptions of cilia dark brown, better defined

than on upper side. Fore wing: Terminal disco-cellular mark

very variable in width and shape, but almost always with a more

or less pronounced median outer projection; six spots of discal

series rather large (the first smallest, the last largest), connected so

as to form a regular very slightly curved chain; submarginal and

hind-marginal lunulate series closely crowded together between

discal series and cilia, the outer lunules being especially narrow

and faint, but their sagittiform thin inner white edgings piercing

the lunules of the inner series between nervules. Hind wing:

Subbasal series consisting of four white-ringed spots, the first

circular, black, well-defined ; the second subovate, brown, disco-

cellular; the third immediately below the second, small, brown,

obsolescent ; and the fourth small, fuscous, almost as well defined

as the first, on inner margin; between costal nervure and Ist sub-

costal nervule, about middle, a conspicuous round black spot, like

the 1st subbasal one, but larger, is, though widely separated, the

first of the discal series; terminal disco-cellular lunule outwardly

angulated, and almost always confluent with 3rd and 4th spots of

discal series ; of this series, spots 2—7 are brown, unequally elon-

gated, and confluent into an irregular band, while the 8th, on inner

margin, is small, round, and almost as black as the Ist; white

band immediately beyond discal series narrow and interrupted

near costa and inner margin, but elsewhere broad, almost even,

and conspicuous ; sagittiform inner white edgings of outer lunules

usually rather faint; black hind-marginal spot between Ist and 2nd

median nervules densely spangled with greenish silvery externally ;

below it, just above submedian nervure, usually the traces of a

similar much smaller spot.

@. Dull greyish brown, with a space (variable in width) of

violaceous blue in both wings from base over median nervure and

its nervules, Fore wing; Blue encroaches superiorly over lower

species of South African butterflies. 125

half of discoidal cell, and is bounded inferiorly by submedian ner-

vure ; terminal disco-cellular mark fully twice as broad as in 3; in

one example faint traces of an almost median series of fuscous

spots bounding the blue externally. Hind wing: Blue fainter and

more restricted in width than in fore wing; hind-marginal blackish

spot much larger and rounder than in 3, and bounded internally

by a broad dusky orange lunule. Unprr sipge.—As in 3, but

ground colour slightly browner.

(Described from eighteen male and three female

examples). On the upper side the ¢ most resembles the

3 L. Tantalus, Trim., but is not of so dull a tint,* and

has interrupted instead of uniform cilia. On the under

side the 3 differs entirely from Tantalus, coming, onthe .

whole, closest to L. Caffrarie, Trim., although, in the

form of the distal white bar of the hind wings, it is

nearer to the g L. Pephredo, Trim., which is not blue

above, but dark greyish brown. On the upper side the

2 Grahami is most like the ¢ Caffrarie, but differs in

its much darker ground colour, absence of whitish discal

and hind-marginal lunules, and faint and much reduced

orange lunule in hind wing.

This species was first brought to my notice by Mr. U.

L. Langley Feltham, of Kimberley, who received three 3

specimens from Mr. Francis Graham, and sent them to

me in July, 1891, with the information that they had

been taken at Dordrecht, on the N.E side of Cape Colony,

by the latter. Since then Mr. Graham, who has most

zealously and assiduously attended to the butterflies of

his district, has presented to the South African Museum

the series of this species above described; and it is in

recognition of his services to Entomology that I have

named the insect after him. He notes this Lycena as

frequenting rough broken ground, and having a rapid,

restless, and jerky flight, which renders its capture most

difficult. It is on the wing in December, J anuary, and

February.

Hab. Dordrecht, Cape Colony (F. Graham).

Lycena procera, sp.n. (Pl. VIIL., figs. 3 (3), 4 Gory.

Exp. al. (3), 1 in. 5—5} lin.; (), lin. 6 lin.

3. Pale olivaceous blue (close to tint of g L. Betica); fore

* The colour is that exhibited by the males of the Kuropean

L. Argiodes (Pall.) and Semiargus, Rott.

126 Mr. Roland Trimen on some new

wing with a broad, internally ill-defined, brownish grey hind-

marginal border ; hind wing with a broad costal and apical, but

narrow sublinear, hind-marginal border, the latter preceded by a

series of very faint small fuscous spots ; cilia whitish, for the

most part grey at origin; no tail. Hore wing; A moderately

distinct, rather thin, terminal disco-cellular fuscous lunule, sub-

angulated outwardly ; some very faint indications of darker and

lighter markings traversing grey border. Hind wing: Costal

grey border extending as far as 2nd subcostal nervule; hind-mar-

ginal series of five spots, immediately preceded by faint indications

of whitish lunules, and succeeded by an interrupted whitish line ;

the spot between 1st and 2nd median nervules less indistinct than

_ the rest. UNbDER sipE.—Pale brownish grey ; ordinary markings

most like those of L. Letsea, Trim., the discal and subbasal spots

being small but well defined, and very distinctly white-ringed.

Fore wing: Terminal disco-cellular lunule white-edged on both

sides; spots of discal series (which is almost straight) five, with

the trace of a sixth below 1st median nervule; the third spot,

between lower radial and 8rd median nervules, more elongate

than the rest, and obliquely placed ; two rows of white submarginal

lunules, and a thin white line immediately before hind margin, all

well defined. Hind wing; Three small round black spots in sub-

basal series, of which that on inner margin is much smaller than

the others; first and last spots of irregular discal series like the

subbasal ones, and considerably before the rest; the other spots

darker or lighter brown, like those in fore wing, but the 2nd quite

apart from the 8rd, andthe 7th beyond the 6th ; white submarginal

lunules and streak well defined; a hind-marginal black spot, ex-

ternally marked with bluish silvery, and bounded internally by a

dull yellowish lunule, between Ist and 2nd median nervules ; cilia

white, traversed mesially by a grey line, more apparent in hind

wing.

g. Similar to g, but with darker and broader hind-marginal

border, and in fore wing also a broad costal border of the same

dark tint. Fore wing; Costal border extends from base and

occupies upper half of discoidal cell. Hind wing ; Hind-marginal

spots and lunules less indistinct than in g, the spot between Ist

and 2nd median nervules bounded internally by traces of a dull

orange-yellow lunule. UNbDER sIDE.—As in 3.

The most distinctive feature of this Lycena is the

length of its wings, and especially of the fore wings,

which are also exceptionally acute apically. The close

resemblance between the sexes is further noticeable, as

species of South African butterflies. 127

well as the little but apparently constant character of

the oblique position and elongation of the third spot in

the discal series on the under side of the fore wings. The

species does not closely approximate to any South African

form, but may provisionally follow L. Letsea, although

in the latter both sexes are dull greyish brown on the

upper side.

In length of wing L. procera reminds one of the

European L. Alcon, W. V., but the two species are

totally different in other respects.

A solitary o of this Lycena was acquired by the South

African Museum in 1879, in a collection made in the

Transvaal by Mr. T. Ayres; and another example of the

same sex subsequently reached me from Estcourt, Natal,

where it had been taken by Mr. J. M. Hutchinson.

Quite recently (in August, 1892), Mr. Hutchinson sent

three more males anda female, captured in the same

locality, and has thus enabled me to define the species

sufficiently.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal (J. M. Hutchinson) ; Potchef-

stroom District, Transvaal (7’. Ayres).

Lycena Osiris, Hopft.

3 Lycena Osiris, Hopff., Monatsb. Preuss. Ak.

Wissensch., 1855, p. 642, n. 21.

Q. Hap. al. 1 in. 13—4} lin.

Fuscous, with a limited but bright violaceous blue median

space in fore wing, and a faint gloss of the same tint over the

inferior half of hind wing. Fore wing: Blue extends from near

base to beyond middle, covering median nervure and a considerable

length of its three nervules, but not more than inferior half of

discoidal cell, and extending along inner margin to scarcely beyond

middle, so as to leave a very broad, costal, apical, and hind-

marginal fuscous border ; a terminal disco-cellular narrow fuscous

transverse mark, the lower part of which is rather conspicuous on

the blue; cilia grey, mixed with whitish, becoming white at pos-

terior angle. Hind wing: Blue occupying much the same position

as in fore wing, but faintly extending nearer to hind margin ; costal

border as far as 2nd subcostal nervule unbrokenly fuscous to apex,

below 2nd subcostal nervule, an inner submarginal row of sagitti-

form, and an outer one of lunular more or less distinct white

marks; in the inner row, the two marks between 2nd median

nervule and submedian nervure are usually obsolete or obsolescent ;

128 Mr. Roland Trimen on some new

in the outer row, the two marks correspondingly situated are

altered and expanded into very broad bright orange lunules ; imme-

diately before fuscous line bounding hind margin a more or less

conspicuous white line, broken by nervules into portions which

form imperfect irregular rings in combination with the outer sub-

marginal row of white marks; externally bounding the two broad

orange lunules are two conspicuous black spots; cilia white, tipped

with grey, and with grey linear nervular interruptions. UNDER

SIDE.—As in 9, but slightly browner in tint, and with all the

white-edged markings rather darker. Fore wing; Small white-

ringed subcostal spot before discal series—so rare in g —almost

always present and well defined.

The ¢ differs remarkably from the ¢ in her rounded

wings, which are not prominent either at apex of fore

wing or anal angle of hind wing, but with decidedly

convex hind margins. This feature is one of those dis-

tinguishing it from the ¢ of its near ally, L. Barkeri,

n. sp., the others being the darker ground colour and

deeper blue above, the absence of any whitish discal

markings on the upper side of the fore wings, the large

and well-developed second (anal-angular) orange lunule

in the hind wings, the small white-ringed costal spot on

the under side of the fore wings, and the additional

inner-marginal spot (8th) in the discal row on the under

side of the hind wings.

Though evidently nearly related to L. Cnejus, Fab.,

a native of the Oriental and Australian regions, L. Osiris

is decidedly distinct. The gs upper side is of a deeper

violaceous with a marked cupreous gloss, and presents

two conspicuous orange lunules internally bounding the

two black hind-marginal spots of the hind wings. The

? has the upper side colouring (both the fuscous ground

and the blue discs) of a much deeper tint, with much

broader and brighter orange lunules in the hind wings.

On the under side the resemblance to Cnejus is in both

sexes very close, the only notable difference being the

straighter, less interrupted, discal fascia in both fore and

hind wings.

As noted above, Osiris varies greatly in size, especially

in the 2, where the range in expanse of the fore wings

iszin. A dwarf ¢ from Delagoa Bay is rather under

lin. in expanse. Both sexes occasionally present an

unusually dull under side, with all the markings reduced

in size, and more or less indistinct; this is possibly a

species of South African butterfles. 129

seasonal (winter) form, but I have not sufficient dated

material to pronounce on the question. ‘Two females

from Madagascar in the South African Museum are well

marked on both surfaces, and agree entirely with South

African examples, except that, in the larger of the two,

the submarginal sagittiform white marks on the upper

side of the hind wings are somewhat enlarged and more

elongated.

Locatitres or Lycmna Osrris.—Natal, D’Urban and

Pinetown (D’Aquilar); Delagoa Bay, Rekatla (fev. U.

Junod); Transvaal, Pretoria and Potchefstroom (W.

Morant) ; Barberton (C. F. Palmer) ; Swaziland, Usutu

River (C. N. Barker); Mozambique, “ Querimba ”

(Hopffer) ; Madagascar, Murundava (Greve) ; Southern

Ambuella, Ourrora (A. W. Hrihsson).

Lycena Barkeri, nu. sp. (Pl. VIL, figs. 5 (3), 6 (2)).

@ Lycena Osiris, Trim. (nec Hopff.), 8. Air. Butt.; 1;

p. 15 (1887).

Eap. al. (3), 1 in. 23—4 lin.; (2), 1 in. 2—65 lin. Nearly

allied to L. Osiris, Hopf.

3. Pale shining pinkish violaceous (without cupreous gloss) ;

a rather wide greyish fuscous hind-marginal edging (submacular

in hind wing) ; cilia shining pale greyish, near anal angle of hind

wing becoming white. Forewing: Ashort, thin, almost linear, ter-

minal disco-cellular greyish fuscous lunule. Hind wing: A linear,

black, white-tipped tail at extremity of 1st median nervule ; imme-

diately above this nervule a conspicuous hind-marginal black spot,

bounded internally by a very broad orange-yellow lunule, and ex-

ternally by a very fine white line, which is continued to anal angle,

and here preceded by an elongate fuscous greyish marking. UNDER

sipE.—Very pale brownish grey, with white-edged darker markings

arranged almost as in Osiris, but presenting the following diffe-

rences :—Fore wing: Discal row less regular, its component spots

more detached and out of line. Hind wing: 3rd (inner-marginal)

spot of subbasal row further from base; discal macular row more

irregular, its 1st (black, white-ringed) spot further before the 2nd,

which is placed transversely, and its last spot the 7th (the inner-

marginal one found in Osiris not being represented) ; black spot

on hind margin inwardly bounded by broad orange-yellow lunule

as on upper side, but marked externally with a greenish silvery

line; at anal angle no 2nd black spot, but some greenish silvery

scales preceded by some orange-yellow ones.

130 Mr. Roland Trimen on some new

2. Brownish grey, rather widely suffused from bases with

bright pale bluish ; lower two-thirds of discs bearing submargi-

nally two white lunular series representing those of the under

side ; in fore wing indistinct, but well marked in hind wing. Fore

wing; Disco-cellular terminal lunule usually darker and thicker

than in 3; bluish suffusion extends over lower half of discoidal

cell, along inner-marginal area and over dise to beyond middle;

outer whitish lunular series obsolescent. Hind wing: Bluish

suffusion much fainter and more restricted than in fore wing, but

filling discoidal cell; hind-marginal white line extending along the

whole hind margin; black spot and orange-yellow lunule much

larger than in g; in most specimens a faint orange-yellow mark

close to anal angle. UNpb»rr stpr.—As in ¢, but in many examples

an additional very small, round, black, white-ringed spot close to

inner margin near base of hind wing.

As noted by me (op. cit., p. 16; the under side in both

sexes 1s sometimes very obscure, all the white markings

being faint, and the subbasal and first discal round spots

in the hind wing being scarcely or not at all darker than

the rest. In a pair taken in copuld by Col. Bowker the

markings are all quite obsolescent, and in the ? hardly

traceable. From the few dated specimens received, I am

inclined to think that these feebly-marked individuals

are a seasonal (winter) form of the species.

This species is distinguished from L. Osiris, Hopff.,

in both sexes, by having, on both upper and under sides

of the hind wings, only one black hind-marginal spot

and orange lunule (the lower one, if indicated at all,

consisting of a simple trace of orange), and on the under

side of the hind wings by wanting altogether the eighth

(inner-marginal) spot of the discal series; also by the

discal under side spots in both wings being more dis-

connected and in a less straight line; moreover, in

neither sex does there ever appear the small separate

white-ringed costal spot a little beyond the middle on

under side of the fore wings, which is almost invariably

present in the ? Osiris, and sometimes exhibited by the

g. The want of cupreous gloss on the upper side, and

the deeper browner tint of the under side further distin-

guish the g, and the paler duller upper side colouring

and discal whitish lunules of the fore wings the ? , from

the corresponding sex in Osiris.

In my ‘South African Butterflies’ (ii., p. 15), I con-

fused this species with L. Osiris, placing its 2 as that of

species of South African butterflies. 131

the latter. Paucity of material chiefly occasioned this

mistake, as I took no* ¢ of L. Barkeri while in Natal ;

and, overlooking the only two true females of Osiris that

I met with, I associated the females of Barkeri with the

males of Osiris which I captured in the same localities.

Colonel J. 8. D’Aquilar first (May, 1889) called my

attention to the true 2 Osiris, as a ¢ Lycena not included

in my work, but approaching in its characters the ? I

had described under that name. But it is to Mr. Cecil

N. Barker, of Malvern, Natal, that I owe the rectification

of the error, as he has not only pointed out the dis-

tinctions between the two forms, and sent much material

in illustration of them, but has recently (May, 1891)

forwarded a pair of each species taken in copuld.t Ihave

accordingly much pleasure in naming the apparently

undescribed species after Mr. Barker, who has for some

years collected and observed very carefully the butterflies

of Natal and Zululand, and has latterly most liberally

communicated both specimens and notes in aid of my

researches.

As L. Osiris represents in Africa the Indo-Malayan

L. Cnejus, Fab., so L. Barkeri may be considered as the

representative of L. Strabo, Fab., which has almost as

wide a range as Cnejus.{ On the upper side, however,

the ¢ Barkeri differs totally in colour, Strabo 3 being of

a bright pale lavender-blue; the former also presents

in the hind wings an orange lunule (edging the hind-

marginal black spot), which is wanting in the latter.

The ¢ Barkeri is very like the @ Strabo on the upper

side, but has the submarginal white markings larger and

more elongated, and often very conspicuous. On the

under side, in both sexes, the ground colour is of a much

browner tint, and the discal fascia is in both wings less

irregular than in Strabo; and the small but very distinct

black spot at the anal angle borne by the latter species

is wanting.

* Mr. Barker notes (February, 1892) that while the ¢ of 1B):

Barkeri is much more rarely met with than the 2, the reverse is

the case with L. Osiris.

+ L. Osiris on the Hleto River, and L. Barkeri (11th March,

1891) on the Little Usutu River, Swaziland.

+ Mr. de Nicéville (Butt. Ind., &e., i1., p. 178) records a note by

Mr. W. U. Irvine, that “he once took C. Strabo coupled with

C. Cnejus, Fab.”

132 Mr. Roland Trimen on some new

L. Barkeri inhabits the same localities and presents

the same habits as L. Osiris in Natal, haunting grassy

spots ; but Mr. Barker observes that the former frequents

higher ground and shorter grass than the latter, and

that he has not found the two species flying in company.

Locauitres oF Lycmna Barxert. — Natal: D’Urban,

Verulam. Zululand: St. Lucia Bay (the late Colonel U.

Tower); Etshowe (the late T. Vachell). Transvaal :

Lydenburg District (7. Ayres); Swaziland: Little

Usutu River (C. N. Barker). Delagoa Bay: Lorengo

Marques (Mrs. Monteiro); Rikatla (Rev. U. Junod).

Southern Ambuella: Otiembora (A. W. Hrihsson).

Genus Lycmnestues, Moore.

Lycenesthes neglecta, Trim. (Pl. VIIL, figs. 7 (3d),

B29).

3 Lycenesthes neglecta, Trim., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

T1891, p. Lo.

9. Lap. al. 1 in. 1 lin.

Brownish grey, paler on discs, with a moderately wide violaceous

suffusion (very slightly glossed with cupreous, but at bases more

distinctly blue) on basal area; hind wing with two rows of

whitish lunules, the submarginal ones sagittate. Fore wing ;

Violaceous occupies only basal third or half of discoidal cell, and

beneath cell extends to about or rather beyond middle of inner

margin; a moderately distinct rather wide fuscous grey terminal

disco-cellular lunulate transverse mark. Hind wing: Violaceous

occupies much the same position as in fore wing, but doe snot

extend beneath submedian nervure ; six or seven lunules of sub-

marginal row violaceous whitish, the first on costa, but the second

widely separate from the first, below 2nd subcostal nervule;

a very well-defined small black hind-marginal spot between 1st

and 2nd median nervules, bounded inwardly by an orange-yellow

lunule ; an indistinct sublinear terminal disco-cellular fuscous grey

mark. UNDER sSIDE.—As in g', except that ground colour is de-

cidedly paler, and with scarcely any brownish tinge, and all the

white edgings of the markings are much more distinct.

I have mentioned (loc. cit.) the near alliance of the 3

to L. Liodes, Hewits., and also its points of relationship

to the larger L. Sylvanus (Drury). The @ differs widely

from the corresponding sex in both those species (and

especially from Liodes) in the absence of any dark discal

species of South African butterflies. 133

markings in either wing on the upper side. In this

respect, and in the colouring of the upper side, the ¢

neglecta more resembles the ¢ L. lvida, Trim. (Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 443), but differs in the brighter

and more restricted blue suffusion of both fore and hind

wings.

I received the first specimen of the @ in February,

1891, from Mr. A. D. Millar, with the note that it had

been recently taken by him at D’Urban; and this was

followed, in May, by two examples taken respectively on

the Sinquasi River, Natal coast, and near Etshowe,

Zululand, by Mr. C. N. Barker. The two latter localities

were not recorded for the # of this butterfly.

Hab. D’Urban (4. D. Millar) and Sinquasi River

(C. N. Barker), Natal; Etshowe (C. N. Barker), Zulu-

land.

Lycenesthes Millari, n. sp. (Pl. VIII., fig. 9 (3).

Exp. al. (gf), 1 in. 1 lin.

S$. Brownish grey, with a bright pale blue space, and a rather

broad terminal disco-cellular transverse fuscous mark, in both

wings. Fore wing: Blue fills discoidal cell, but does not extend

above or beyond it, and occupies basal half to inner margin, also

narrowly extending along the latter to posterior angle ; a black

hind-marginal bounding line, immediately preceded by an indistinct

broken whitish one; before the latter, between 1st median nervule

and submedian nervure, a small faint bluish mark. Hind wing:

Blue bounded superiorly (except for a slight tinge above discoidal

cell near base) by subcostal nervure and its 2nd nervule, but

extending in a fainter greyer tint over al] remaining area, except a

narrow inner-marginal and hind-marginal border ; between 2nd

subcostal nervule and submedian nervure, a hind-marginal series

of rather well-defined subsagittiform whitish lunules, succeeded by

a conspicuous line of pure white immediately preceding a fine

hind-marginal black bounding line; each of the whitish lunules

between 2nd median nervule and submedian nervure is bounded

externally by a black spot; before this lunular series there are

traces—along the outer edge of the greyish blue—of a similar

series of whitish lunulate marks. Cilia of fore wing grey, except

a whitish portion about posterior angle; of hind wing white next

margin, greyish externally, and with very fine linear darker grey

nervular interruptions. UNDER sipr.—Very pale brownish grey,

with rather broad markings in both wings, vid.: A broad terminal

134 Mr. Roland Trimen on some new

disco-cellular marking, whitish in the middle, brownish grey on

each side, and whitish edged anteriorly and posteriorly; and a

discal series, inwardly inclined inferiorly, of similar confluent

marks, more widely whitish mesially, of which, in fore wing, the

6th (lowest) is considerably larger than the rest; two submarginal

lunulated whitish streaks, with the space between them rather

darker than the ground colour; a sharply-defined black hind-

marginal bounding line, immediately preceded by a white one;

four whitish dots on costa, two above disco-cellular mark, and two

above (one of them before) first mark of discal series ; cilia white

next bounding line, grey externally. Hind wing; Discal series of

marks very irregular, the 1st (costal) separate from and before the

2nd, and just above terminal disco-cellular mark, the 3rd largest,

subquadrate, and nearest hind margin, the 6th and 7th elongate,

as near base as the Ist, and forming an angle on submedian ner-

vure; a subbasal series of three small, rounded, fuscous white-

ringed spots, one just below costal nervure, one in discoidal cell,

and one on inner margin (the middle and lower spots more faintly

marked in one example); on hind margin a well-marked black

spot, bounded inwardly by an orange lunule, and sprinkled with

bluish silvery scales, between 1st and 2nd median nervules, and

a second similar marking at anal angle, crossed by submedian

nervure.

This species is well characterised by the brightness

and paleness of the upper side blue, and by the abrupt-

ness with which that colour in the fore wings terminates

(except narrowly along inner margin) about the middle.

From its near ally, ZL. livida, Trim., it differs on the

upper side also in its greyer ground colour without

cupreous gloss, in the much more strongly marked ter-

minal disco-cellular mark of the fore wings; while in

the hind wings there is no discal dusky streak, and no

orange lunule between 1st and 2nd median nervules, but

the hind-marginal white lunules are much more de-

veloped, and there are traces of a submarginal series of

whitish lunules also. The under side is distinguished by

its greyish ground (less brownish in tint), and more pro-

nounced whitish markings, and in the hind wings by a

subbasal series of three spots (instead of a single sub-

costal spot), and a rather more irregular discal macular

series.

The discovery of this butterfly is due to Mr. A. D.

Millar and Mr. C. W. Morrison, who together took speci-

species of South African butterflies. 135

mens near Estcourt, in Natal, on the 1st November, 1889,

and each of whom kindly sent me an example. Only

males were observed and captured ; they are noted by

both captors as flying round, settling upon, and chasing

each other about a tree known as “wild cabbage,” at the

summit of a lofty hill. .

I have the pleasure of associating with this butterfly

the name of Mr. Millar, of D’Urban, an experienced

Observer of Lepidoptera, who since 1887 has rendered

me most valuable assistance in working out the South

African species.

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (A. D. Millar and C. W. Mor-

Tison).

Lycenesthes minima, n. sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 10 (s).

Exp. al. (f), 103 lin.; (2), 10—11 lin.

S. Brown, with a slight violaceous cupreous surface-gloss ;

bases rather widely tinged with fuscous; a terminal hind-mar-

ginal fuscous line ; cilia of fore wing brown, with a white space

below apex, and another above posterior angle; of hind wing

white, with narrow brown nervular interruptions. Hind wing:

On hind margin, between 1st and 2nd median nervules, a good-

sized but not sharply defined round fuscous spot. UNDER sIDE.—

Brownish grey; ordinary markings (terminal disco-cellular,

discal, submarginal, and hind-marginal) not conspicuously de-

jined (especially towards hind margins), scarcely darker than

ground colour, white-edged on each side, and broadly whitish

mesially. Fore wing: Discal series of markings highly irregular,

forming four pairs of contiguous coalescent spots, of which the 1st

and 8rd pairs are about equidistant from base, the 2nd rather nearer

to hind margin, and the 4th nearest to base (being in a transverse

line with terminal disco-cellular spot) ; usual series of submarginal

lunules and hind-marginal spots indistinctly marked. Hind wing :

A subbasal transverse series of four small, black, white-ringed

spots, of which the 4th (on inner margin) is minute; discal series

highly irregular, composed of eight spots, contiguous but separate

(except the 5th and 6th, which are coalescent), of which the Ist

and 8th are nearer, and the 8rd and 4th further, from base than

the rest; submarginal and hind-marginal markings indistinct, with

the exception of two rounded black spots, bounded anteriorly by a

yellow lunule—a large one between 1st and 2nd median nervules,

and a small one (geminate, and with a few metallic bluish silvery

seales) at anal angle,

136 Mr. Roland Trimen on some new

9. Like §. Hind wing: On hind margin, near anal angle, a

white or whitish line immediately before the terminal fuscous line,

and indistinct traces of two small fuscous spots—one on each side

of the spot between 1st and 2nd median nervules. UNDER SIDE.—

Paler than in g'; all the markings considerably darker and more

distinct, with rather conspicuous white edging, especially the sub-

marginal and hind-marginal ones, and the subbasal four spots in

hind wing.

The very small size of this Lycenesthes, and the simi-

larity of, and almost entire want of violaceous colouring

in, both sexes on the upper side, render it easily recog-

nised. The extremely broken and irregular condition of

the discal series of spots on the under side, as well as the

existence of four spots in the subbasal series of the hind

wings, indicate an alliance with the much larger and

very different Z. Amaroh, Guér., and L. Larydas (Cram.) ;

while the tint of the upper side is not unlike but darker

than that of the ? L. Otaielia, Trim. As usual in the

genus, the ? has more rounded wings than the g, the

fore wings especially having a blunter apex and a de-

cidedly convex hind margin.

This description is made from four examples taken by

Mr. Cecil N. Barker in the coast districts of Natal, vid. :

a ¢ at Verulam, one ? at Malvern, and two females on

the Sinquasi River. These examples are all noted by

Mr. Barker as occurring on the yellow flowers of a thorny

Acacia, the Malvern ? on the 9th January, 1890, the

Verulam ¢ at the end of November, and the Sinquasi

females on the 1st December, in the same year.

Hab. Natal, coast districts (C. N. Barker).

Genus Zeritis, Boisd.

Zeritis simplex, sp.n.

Hizp. al. (gf), 1 in. 2-84 lin.; (?), Lin. 43 lin. Closely allied

to Z. Thyra (Linn.).

3. Pale orange-yellow, with a linear fuscous edging along

hind margin, only widening in fore wing at apex ; bases very

narrowly fuscous. Fore wing: A fine linear fuscous edging along

costa; apical expansion of dark border slight or moderate, and

narrowing into the linear portion about lower radial or 38rd median

nervule. UNDER SIDE.—Hind wing and apex of fore wing pale

greyish brown, with dark-edged whitish markings arranged as in

Thyra. Fore wing: White centres to disco-cellular and upper

species of South African butterflies. 137

discal spots much larger than in Thyra; no basal or subbasal black

spot below median nervure. Hind wing: The discal irregular

dentated whitish streak of Thyra represented by distinctly separate

spots of different sizes and shapes; the submarginal dentated

streak is submacular.

?. Like J; in one of the two examples the pale spots of the

under side are much less distinct.

The reduction of the dark border in this form is carried

to the extreme short of its entire disappearance. This

striking feature, in combination with the other differences

above noted, may warrant its separation from Thyra ;

but it must be noted that there is evidence of linking

gradations to the latter widely-spread and variable

species.

Of the four specimens known to me, three are from

Damaraland, vid.: a ¢ and @ collected as long ago as

1862 by the late Mr. C. J. Andersson, anda ¢ taken in

the same year by Mr. J. A. Bell. The fourth is a small

3, with the apical border in the fore wings rather

wider, and the under side spots rather brighter, which

occurred in a collection made in Khama’s Country and

Mashunaland, acquired by Mr. C. N. Barker in 1891.

A-near approach to the latter example is made by a 3

taken (August, 1890) at Port Nolloth, in Little Namaqua-

land, by Mr. R. M. Lightfoot, in which the dark border

is quite as linear in the hind wings, and not very much

wider in the fore wings; but the upper side ground

colour is redder, and on the under side the basal and

subbasal black spots characteristic of Thyra are present

in a reduced form.

Another grade in the direction of typical Thyra is

presented by two males from D’Urban, Natal, received

in 1889 from Mr. A. D. Millar, in which the dark border

is very much narrowed, but retains the characteristic

strong exterior costal development in the fore wings, and

to a less extent in the hind wings.

Hab. Port Nolloth (R. M. Lightfoot), Cape Colony ;

Damaraland (C. A. Bell and the late C. J. Andersson) ;

between Khama’s Country and Mashunaland (C. N.

Barker).

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND, 1893.—-PART II, (JUNE, ! L

©

138 Mr. Roland Trimen on some new

Family PAPILIONIDA.

Genus Papinio, Linn.

Papilio Junodi, n. sp.

Exp. al. (3), 3 in. 3—54 lin.; (?), 2 in. 11 lin.—3 in. 5 lin.

Intermediate between P. Policenes, Cram., and P. Porthaon, Hew.

3. Brownish black, with pale dull greenish yellow stripes and

spots, which in hind wing are paler, and in some lights mostly

white ; common basal and subbasal stripes, and discal macular

band, arranged as in Porthaon; but disco-cellular transverse bars

in fore wing not sinuated or angulated asin that species, but as

straight as, though considerably narrower than in, Policenes ;

spots of common submarginal series greatly reduced, so as to be

almost obsolete as regards lower two-thirds of fore wing and whole

of hind wing. Fore wing: Tth spot of discal macular band wider

than in either species named, more as in Policenes, but with a

longer and acuter superior inward projection ; small subcostal spot

immediately above 2nd spot of discal series minute, scarcely notice-

able; first three spots of submarginal series well marked and of

moderate size, but the 4th very small, and the remaining four

minute and obsolescent. Hind wing: Broad costal bar, which, as

in Porthaon, mainly represents discal band, not approximating to

cellular expansion of subbasal stripe, but almost as widely apart

from it as in Policenes ; remaining portion of discal macular band

exceedingly defective, represented only by a small isolated spot

between radial and 3rd median nervules, and (in one specimen) by

a second similar smaller spot between 8rd and 2nd median ner-

vules ; submarginal lunulate spots wanting altogether below 2nd

median nervule, and above it represented only by three minute

obsolescent marks ; traces of three hoary-grey broad lunulate hind-

marginal marks below 3rd median nervule only ; an exceedingly

faint indication of an anal-angular dull red spot; tail with as much

white at and near the tip asin Porthaon. UNDER sIDE.—Glistening

brown, somewhat darker than in Policenes and Porthaon ; mark-

ings of upper side reproduced, but of a paler tint, and the spots of

submarginal series larger and not so indistinct; in hind wing, be-

tween large subbasal and discal markings and small submarginal

ones, a series of six broad black internervular rays, much longer

and more strongly marked than in Porthaon; series of seven

crimson inwardly finely white-edged marks from costa to anal

angle arranged more continuously than in Porthaon and almost as

in Policenes, but black-bordered on both sides as in Porthaon,

the two last marks being much more widely so bordered than in

the latter species,

species of South African butterflies. 139

@. Like #, but with the usual enlargement of the basi-inner-

marginal band in hind wing, and with the four lower spots of

discal series in fore wing considerably wider than in ¢, and dis-

tinctly confluent. Fore wing: Subbasal stripe considerably wider

on inner margin; submarginal spots below lower radial more

elongate and more indistinct. Hind wing; In one example the

lower, and in the other both, of the small isolated discal spots

wanting. UNnpbreRr sipE.—As in ¢, but with differences in the

stripes and band corresponding with those on the upper side.

(Described from two male and two female examples).

This Papilio very notably combines the features of

P. Policenes and P. Porthaon, as pointed out in the fore-

going description, but differs from both in the marked

tendency to obsolescence in the submarginal series of

spots in both wings, and the total lack of the lower spots

of the discal series in the hind wing.

The discovery of this species is due to the Rev. U.

Junod, of Rikatla Delagoa Bay, after whom I have great

pleasure in naming the insect. M. Junod did not observe

the butterfly in life, the specimens sent having been

taken at Morakwen, on the coast, by his native collectors,

in June (?), November, and December, 1891. The first

example, a small 2, was stated to be flying high, but

the others flew near the ground, like P. Colonna, with a

rather slow but erratic course.

A small imperfect example, expanding only 3 in.

10 lin., is in the Hewitson Collection at the British

Museum ; its locality does not appear to have been re-

corded.

Hab. Morakwen, Delagoa Bay (Rev. U. Junod).

Family HESPERIDA.

Genus Pampuiza, Fab.

Pamphila Roncilgonis, Plotz. (Pl. VIIL, fig. 11 (¢)).

Hesperia Roncilgonis, Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1882,

pp. 450—d1.

Exp. al.(gf), lin. 23—3} lin.; (@), 1 in. 6 lin.

3. Glossy brownish black, with four semitransparent white

spots, and one more opaque yellowish spot- in fore wing, and

a row of four very small indistinct opaque yellowish spots in hind

wing; cilia whitish, much mixed with brown in apical half of

fore wing. Fore wing; White semitransparent spots small but

very clearly defined, two contiguous (one above the other) in

L2

140 Mr. Roland Trimen on some new

discoidal cell near its extremity, and the other two a little apart

below cell—the larger quadrate, between 1st and 2nd median ner-

vules, the smaller ovate, between 2nd and 3rd median nervules ;

solitary almost opaque yellowish spot small, elongate longitudi-

nally, in a line directly below cellular spots, just above submedian

nervure ; costa rather densely and broadly sealed with dull fulvous

yellowish from base to cellular spots, and again over a small space

between middle and apex; two longitudinal dull pale yellowish

streaks from base, one very short, just below median nervure, the

other extending along inner margin to beyond middle. Hind

wing: Four opaque yellowish spots form a curved discal row

between 2nd subcostal nervule and submedian neryure; two longi-

tudinal pale yellowish streaks as in fore wing from base, one short

in discoidal cell, the other extending to about middle between Ist

median nervule and submedian nervure. UNDER SIDE. — Hind

wing and apical area of fore wing fulvous ochreous, very strongly

glossed or “shot” with submetallic violaceous ; hind wing con-

spicuously spotted with black. Fore wing; Costa bordered with

fulvous, brighter at base; spots as on upper side, except that the

almost opaque inferior one is white; apical area crossed by six

internervular well-defined black rays. Hind wing ; Two subbasal

black spots, one between costal and subcostal, and the other be-

tween median and submedian, nervures; a similar spot towards

end of discoidal cell; and a strongly-curved discal series of six

spots of different sizes and shapes between costal and submedian

nervures; a blackish linear edging along hind margin; inner-

marginal fold devoid of the general fulvous ochreous ground tint.

Head and palpi black, conspicuously spotted with white ; antenne

black. Thorax above clothed with pale yellowish hair, the patagia

and pterygodes chestnut fulvous, the latter black-edged and yel-

lowish-tipped ; beneath apparently fulvous ochreous. Legs with

black, white-edged cox and femora, creamy white fulvous-tinged

tibiz, and greyish tarsi. Abdomen above fuscous, densely clothed

basally with long dull yellowish hair, and at tip with short fulvous

hair ; the segmental incisions sharply defined by slender yellowish

rings; beneath creamy at base, becoming more yellow towards tip.

@ (worn example). Not nearly so dark, dull brown, with

larger spots (especially the discal series in hind wing). Fore

wing; An additional minute round semitransparent white spot

between 5th subcostal and upper radial nervules; disco-cellular

spots confluent into one mesially constricted mark. Hind wing:

Spots of curved discal row very much enlarged, forming a con-

tinuous band; a good-sized spot of the same in discoidal cell,

rather beyond its middle. Unpbrr sip—.—Hind wing and costal

species of South African butterflies. 141

border and apical area of fore wing much paler, of a greyish

creamy, slightly tinged with rufous, but without violaceous gloss ;

discal spots of hind wing smaller.

In the @ the wings are more elongate than in the 3, especially

the fore wings, which are more distinctly convex about the middle

of the hind margin.

(Described from two ¢ specimens and one ?).

A worn example of the 3 was sent to me from Delagoa

Bay by Mrs. Monteiro in 1886, and a rather faded ¢ by

the Rev. U. Junod in June, 1891. This latter example

was followed by a ¢ in very fine condition, reared by

M. Junod from the larva on 29th August, 1891.

This larva was found at Rikatla, about twelve miles

from Lorengo Marques, on a small tree, and is described

by the discoverer as whitish, inclining to a bluish tint,

with a dorsal interrupted black line and black spiracles.

The head is brown, with a reddish brown spot on each

side of its lower portion, and two double parallel black

lines ending on the forehead. The second segment,

hidden behind the head, is edged posteriorly with black.

Anal flap semicircular, green, divided into five triangular

portions by four white lines. It is very sluggish, living

between the sides of a leaf which it has drawn together

with silk. It very slowly changes to the pupa, gradually

assuming a tinge of rusty red. Length, 1 in. 1 lin.

The pupa, judging from the skin of this individual, —

which M. Junod, in forwarding, remarks is not very

different from the living insect in colouring,—is sandy

ferruginous; the head and back of thorax tinged with

whitish, and the abdominal segments dorsally sparsely

mottled with dull white, and bearing an interrupted

greyish median streak marked on the 4th and 5th seg-

ments with a small but conspicuous pure white spot.

The wing-covers are white. Length, 7} lin.; rather

stout. Attached to leaf by the tail, and by a strong

silken girth round the posterior border of the thorax.

Hab. Delagoa Bay: Lorenco Marques (Mrs. Monteirv),

Rikatla (Rev. U. Junod), ‘‘ Angola,’ Plotz.

Pamphila detecta, n. sp. (Pl. VILL, fig. 12 (2).

Exp. al. (3), 1 in. 44 lin. ; (¢), 1 in. 5 lin.

S$. Dull brown, with nearly all hind wing and three longi-

tudinal stripes in fore wing suffused with ochreous yellow, in-

clining to olivaceous; a discal series of small vitreous spots.

142, Mr. Roland Trimen on some new

Fore wing: In upper part of discoidal cell, near extremity, a very

small somewhat elongate spot; seven spots in discal series—the

first three minute, forming a curved subcostal and subapical

marking; the 4th minute, nearest to hind margin, isolated, be-

tween lower radial and 3rd median nervules; the fifth small, sub-

quadrate, between 2nd and 3rd median nervules not far from their

origin ; the sixth of moderate size (but three times as large as the

fifth), nearer to base, rather variable in form, but somewhat

rounded on its inner side, and with a more or less prominent acute

inferior projection on its outer side; andthe seventh small, tinged

with yellow, just above submedian nervure, and in a straight line

directly beneath the disco-cellular spot; ochreous yellow stripes

running from base, and consisting of a rather ill-defined subcostal

and partly disco-cellular one extending as far as disco-cellular

spot; a strongly-marked one of about the same length, bounded

superiorly by submedian nervure, and a third inner-marginal one,

bounded superiorly by submedian nervure, strongly marked, and

extending almost to posterior angle. Hind wing ; Ochreous yellow,

bounded costally by a well-defined moderately wide fuscous brown

border; below apex the border is not so dark, and less well defined

inwardly, narrowing gradually along hind margin to anal angle; a

discal series of five minute vitreous spots between costal nervure

and 1st median nervule, of which the lower two or three are partly

hidden by the ochre-yellow hairs of the lower disc. Cilia dull

whitish. UnpbEr stpe.—Hind wing and wide costal border of fore

wing olwvaceous ochreous yellow (paler than the tint on the upper

side); spots as on upper side, but those on hind wing all distinct

and usually six in number. Fore wing: Wide inner-marginal

area dark greyish, on which the seventh (lowest) spot of discal

series (which is larger than on upper side) is conspicuous; apical

area widely tinged with ochreous yellow. Hind wing: Inner-

marginal fold less yellow, grey in tint, and smoother than rest

of area.

?. Like % in ground colour and markings, but with very much

less ochreous yellow suffusion, and that of a very dull and faint tint

in both wings. Hind wing: Lower spots of discal series not obscured

by hairy coating. UNDER sipE.—As in J, but rather duller. Hind

wing: In one example a seveuth minute vitreous spot in discal

row, beneath 1st median nervule.

This Pamphila belongs to the group of P. Mathias,

Fab. It is smaller than any of its close South African

allies, P. Borbonica (Boisd.), P. Fatuellus, Hopff., and

P. inconspicua (Bertol.) [=P. Mohopaani (Wallengr.) ],

species of South African butterflies. 143

but larger than the Natalian P. Monasi, Trim. In shape

of wings, and in size, shape, and disposition of the

vitreous spots of the fore wings, it is nearest to P.

Fatuellus, but resembles Borbonica in its minute vitreous

disco-cellular fore wing spot and olivaceous yellow under

side; while the olivaceous yellow on the upper side

(though decidedly deeper and more ochraceous in colour),

and the position and arrangement of the minute spots

on the under side of the hind wings, agree more with

those characters in P. inconspicua. The ¢ wants the

linear discal sexual badge in the fore wings presented by

the last-named species and P. Mathias; and on the

whole the species will stand best between Borbonica and

Fatuellus.

Mr. C. N. Barker brought this butterfly to my notice

in May, 1891, forwarding two males and two females

(one pair taken in copuld), captured by him at Malvern,

Natal, on a yellow leguminous flower during April, and

two males in March, 1892.

There can be no doubt that this form, though well

marked and quite distinct upon careful examination, has

been overlooked, both in the field and in the cabinet,

among its near relatives in the obscure group of Pampiala,

to which it belongs. Mr. Barker wrote that he found it

not uncommonly at Malvern, and that Mr. A. D. Millar

had also met with it closer to D’Urban.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (C. N. Barker).

ExpuaNnation or Prater VIII.

Fies.1(¢), 2(?), Lycena Grahami, u.sp. Hab. Dordrecht,

Cape Colony.

Fies. 3(g), 4(¢), L. procera, n. sp. Hab. Estcourt, Natal.

Fies.5 (3), 6(9), L. Barkeri, n.sp. Hab. D’ Urban, Natal.

Fias. 7(3:), 8 (2), Lycenesthes neglecta, Trim. Hab. Malvern

and Sinquasi River, Natal.

Fie. 9(¢), L. Millari, n. sp. Hab. Estcourt, Natal.

Fic. 10 (gf), L. minima, n.sp. Hab. Veruiam and Sinquasi

River, Natal.

Fie. 11 (gf), Pamphila Roncilgonis, Plitz. Hab. Rikatla,

Delagoa Bay.

Fic. 12 (gf), P. detecta, n.sp. Hab. Malvern, Natal.

i

alte) bit any af

Fein aby!

| ab

Mie Ped Be

ae Ri Dives my

iT Pie en

Baie

ee) Mla

<3 Ra ee Bh * 4a 4 Webi a

Bice hil Maca!

i ae ie) fh, i) iit je

i a as sy Sadao pet A

baersisey 7 eee Hoi iit vet ia

a) tiie Sait Serato) phe a ie Né te why barat ,

eh A ae. Suet ;

ws a f (Ge aby vinta

ts streak ay Ay Ns

yi aaa Sr fin ie

ed

“ial ae eyes

G a

\e = Eee

TESAEEY Yo.

x mes

;

‘he

IX. Descriptions of some new genera and new species of

Halticide. By Martin Jacosy, F.H.S.

[Read February 8th, 1893.]

Crimissa opaca, L. sp.

Robust, convex, reddish fulvous, opaque; the last seven joints of

the antenne, the knees, tibiz, and tarsi, black; thorax transversely

convex, irregularly punctured ; elytra very finely punctured, the

interstices aciculate. Length, 54 lines.

Head impunctate, finely strigose behind the eyes, the frontal

elevations very flat; apex of the mandibles black; the antenne

scarcely extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower four

joints fulvous, the second joint slightly longer than the third one ;

thorax strongly transversely convex, the sides rounded, the anterior

angles acutely produced, the surface closely and strongly punc-

tured near the margins, more sparingly and finely on the disc ;

scutellum broader than long, smooth, its surface slightly concave ;

elytra opaque, dark fulvous, very minutely punctured and acicu-

late ; the lower margins of the abdominal segments punctured and

pubescent.

Hab. Brazil.

This species, of which I possess two specimens without

precise locality, seems to me to be distinct from C.

cruralis, Stal, on account of the reddish fulvous and

opaque, not testaceous, colour, the much more strongly

transverse and convex form of the thorax, and the very

finely punctured and aciculate elytra, which show no

traces of longitudinal smooth spaces as in C. cruralis, in

which the elytral punctures are much stronger and with-

out the connecting scratches.

Crimissa piceicollis, n. sp.

Piceous, the antenne (the basal five joints excepted) black;

thorax very convex, closely punctured near the margins; elytra

pale flavous, opaque, finely and irregularly punctured. Length,

43 lines.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1893.—PaRT II. (JUNE.)

146 Mr. M. Jacoby’s descriptions of some new

In shape this species agrees with the preceding, but

differs in the piceous head, thorax, under side, and legs;

also in having the first five joints of the antenne fulvous

instead of four. The thorax is of the same shape and

punctuation as in C. opaca, but the elytra are more dis-

tinctly punctured, flavous, and without scratches.

Hab. Province of St. Paulo, Brazil.

A single specimen.

Crimissa nigro-ornata, Jac.

I am inclined to believe, judging from the description

and figure given by the late Th. Kirsch of his Proseicela

tarsalis (Berliner Ent. Zeitsch., 1883), that this species

is wrongly placed in the Chrysomelide proper, and is

identical with the above-named insect described by me

in the P.Z.8., 1879. ‘The figure lately published in

Dresden (Coleoptera obtained by Dr. Stubel in South

America) agrees almost entirely with the banded variety

I have mentioned in my paper; moreover, the thorax

and other particulars agree entirely with Crimissa, al-

though I cannot be sure on this point until I have seen

the type. I may add, however, that Kirsch particularly

mentions the basal joint of the antenne, which is charac-

teristic of Crimissa, but not of the genus Proseicela.

Notozona Balyi, n. sp.

Flavous, the intermediate joints of the antennz fuscous; thorax

very minutely and sparingly punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-

striate, dark chestnut-coloured, a short longitudinal stripe at the

base, two narrow transverse bands before and below the middle,

and the apex, flavous. Length, 3—38> lines.

Head with a few fine punctures, flavous; antenne extending to

more than two-thirds the length of the elytra, flavous, the inter-

mediate joints more or less fuscous ; thorax more than twice as

broad as long, the sides narrowed in front, the anterior angles

slightly thickened and oblique, the surface with a few fine punc-

tures, flavous, the disc with a slight transverse depression near the

middle of the posterior margin ; scutellum flavous; elytra convex,

regularly and strongly punctate-striate, chestnut-brown, with a

short stripe within the humeral callus, a narrow transverse band

before and another below the middle, as well as the apex, flavous;

genera and new species of Halticide. 147

under side and femora flavous, the tibie and tarsi dark fulvous

claws bifid.

Hab. Upper Amazons.

Blepharida Holubi, n. sp.

Elongate, parallel, chestnut-brown, the antenne and tarsi paler ;

thorax strongly transverse, finely and sparingly punctured with

four deep perpendicular grooves; elytra deeply and regularly

punctate-striate, the interstices convex, piceous, each interstice

with numerous closely placed flavous spots. Length, 2} lines.

Head not perceptibly punctured, with a deep sinuate groove at

some distance from the eyes, the inter-ocular space deeply punc-

tured, labrum and palpi flavous, the latter slender; antenne not

extending to the middle of the elytra, flavous, all the joints rather

short, the terminal ones slightly thickened; thorax more than

twice as broad as long, the sides slightly and evenly rounded, the

anterior angles subtuberculiform, the surface sparingly and finely

punctured at the middle of the disc, the latter with a slight longi-

tudinal groove, the sides with two short but deep longitudinal

grooves placed opposite at the anterior and posterior margins

respectively ; scutellum fulvous, broader than long; elytra not

broader at the base than the thorax, rather convex, without any

basal depression, regularly and deeply punctate-striate, the inter-

stices convex, piceous, the flavous spots very numerous and

irregular, mostly of elongate shape, those near the base of larger

size and more irregular shape; the posterior tibix deeply emargi-

nate at the apex.

Hab. South Africa (Holub).

Although B. Holubi resembles in its general pattern

most of its allies, the piceous colour of the elytra and

the very numerous small flavous spots, together with the

other details pointed out above, will distinguish it. |

received a single specimen from the late Dr. Dohrn,

which was obtained by Herr Holub, the well-known

traveller in South Africa.

Blepharida Duvivieri, n. sp.

Dark fulvous, the antenne paler; thorax deeply punctured near

the base, with four deep longitudinal grooves; elytra very deeply

punctate-striate, the interstices convex, covered with numerous

small flavous spots. Length, 5 lines.

Of rather parallel shape, dark fulvous. The head nearly im-

punctate, flat; the anteane not extending to the middle of the

148 Mr. M. Jacoby’s descriptions of some new

elytra, pale fulvous, the third joint distinctly shorter than the

fourth joint; thorax about twice as broad as long, the sides straight

at the base, rather strongly rounded before the middle, the anterior

angles oblique, the posterior ones acute, each furnished with a

single hair, the surface deeply punctured near the base only, with

a short deep longitudinal groove at each side of the basal margin,

and a semicircular groove surrounding the anterior angles; elytra

deeply and regularly punctate-striate, each with ten rows of punc-

tures (including the short subsutural one), the second and third

rows joined at their beginning, but not quite extending to the base,

the fourth and fifth rows also joined and extending quite to the

basal margin, the surface dark brown, interrupted by small elon-

gate flavous spots, numbering about fifty on each elytron, and

placed somewhat in three or four oblique rows. Under side and

legs dark brown. The last abdominal segment of the male incised

at each side, forming a subquadrate median lobe.

Hab. Gorontalo (Rosenberg).

A single specimen has been sent to me under the

name of B. flavopustulata, Baly, from which species it is,

however, distinct, as a comparison with the type con-

tained in the British Museum has proved to me. The

present species is larger, and of more elongate shape,

and the elytral spots are much more numerous. In

B. flavopustulata the labrum is flavous (not piceous as in

this species), the clypeus is coarsely punctured, and the

thorax is a little more than twice as broad as long; while

the elytral interstices are plane and finely punctured

instead of convex and impunctate, as in B. Duvivier.

BLEPHAROIDES, 0. gen.

Body elongate, broad, subparallel; palpi slender; antenne sub-